| Components | All | New | MacOS | Windows | Linux | iOS | ||||
| Examples | Mac & Win | Server | Client | Guides | Statistic | FMM | Blog | Deprecated | Old | |
Functions supported on FileMaker SDK on iOS
The functions listed below should work fine with FileMaker SDK in your iOS app.
See also: Functions not available on iOS and Functions only available on iOS.
| Item | Details |
|---|---|
| AVAsset.AvailableMetadataFormats Returns a list representing available metadata formats. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Duration Returns the duration of a asset in seconds. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Framerate Looks for first video track and reports the nominal frame rate. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.HasProtectedContent Queries whether the asset has protected content. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Image Returns an image for the asset at or near a specified time. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.ImageActualTime Queries actual time for image. | 6.5 |
| AVAsset.IsComposable Queries whether this asset can be used in compositions. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.IsExportable Indicates whether the asset can be exported. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.IsPlayable Checks whether the asset, or its URL, can be played. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.IsReadable Checks whether the asset’s media data can be extracted | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Loaded Queries load status of asset. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Lyrics Queries the lyrics of the asset suitable for the current locale. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Metadata Queries metadata. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.MetadataKeys Queries metadata keys. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.NaturalHeight Queries the natural height of the video. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.NaturalWidth Queries the natural width of the video. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.OpenContainer Opens a movie from a container. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.OpenFile Opens an asset from a file. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.OpenURL Opens a movie from URL. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.PreferredRate Queries the natural rate at which the asset is to be played. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.PreferredVolume Queries the preferred volume at which the audible media of asset is to be played. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Release Releases the object and all memory used for it. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.ReleaseAll Release all asset objects. | 10.2 |
| AVAsset.RequestImageTimePrecision Requests to use high precision for timing of images. | 6.5 |
| AVAsset.TimeCodes Reads time codes from asset. | 5.4 |
| AVAsset.TrackCount Queries the track count. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.TrackInfo Queries track details. | 7.4 |
| AVAsset.URL Queries the URL used to open this asset. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.WaitForLoaded Waits for file to be loaded. | 8.0 |
| AVExport.AllExportPresets Queries list of all supported presets. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.CancelExport Cancels the execution of an export session. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.Duration Queries duration of the asset. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.Error Queries the error that occurred if the export status is Failed. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.EstimatedOutputFileLength Queries the estimated byte size of exported file. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.ExportAsynchronously Starts export. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.ExportSession Creates a new export session. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.ExportSessionMerge Creates a new export session. | 6.2 |
| AVExport.GetOutputFileType Queries the output file type. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.GetOutputPath Queries the current output path. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.GetOutputURL Queries the current output URL. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.GetShouldOptimizeForNetworkUse Queries whether video should be network optimized. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.GetTimeRange Queries time range to export. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.List Lists all IDs of export objects. | 13.0 |
| AVExport.OutputFileExtension Queries preferred file extension for current export. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.PresetName Returns the name of the preset used. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.Progress Queries current progress. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.Release Frees the session. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.ReleaseAll Frees all export sessions. | 10.5 |
| AVExport.SetOutputFileType Sets the output file type. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SetOutputPath Sets the output file path. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SetOutputURL Sets the output file URL. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SetShouldOptimizeForNetworkUse Whether to optimize video for network use. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SetTimeRange Specifies a time range to be exported from the source. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.Status Queries status of export. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SupportedFileTypes Queries supported file type for this export session. | 6.1 |
| AVPlayer.FindPlayers Finds all players in current window. | 7.3 |
| AVPlayer.GetAsset Queries the current asset. | 7.3 |
| AVPlayer.GetDuration Queries the length of the video in seconds. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.GetFinishedEvaluate Queries expression to be run when transfer is finished. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.GetFinishedFileName Queries the file name for the finished script to call. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.GetFinishedScriptName Queries the script name to call when transfer finished. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.GetMuted Queries mute state. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.GetProgressEvaluate Queries expression to run on playback. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.GetProgressInterval Queries progress interval. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.GetRate Queries playback rate. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.GetTag Queries the tag value. | 10.2 |
| AVPlayer.GetTime Queries current time in seconds. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.GetVolume Queries current volume. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.List Lists all IDs of player objects. | 13.0 |
| AVPlayer.OpenContainer Opens the audio file from a container. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.OpenFile Opens an audio file. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.OpenURL Opens the movie with the given URL. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.Pause Pauses playback. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.Play Plays sound. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.Release Releases the audio player. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.ReleaseAll Releases all movies in memory. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.SetFinishedEvaluate Sets expression to be run when playback is finished. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.SetFinishedScript Sets which script to call when a transfer finished. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.SetMuted Sets mute status. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.SetProgressEvaluate Sets the expression to evaluate on progress. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.SetProgressInterval Sets the progress interval. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.SetRate Sets the playback rate. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.SetTag Sets the tag value. | 10.2 |
| AVPlayer.SetTime Sets the current time. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.SetVolume Sets the volume. | 7.1 |
| AVRecorder.AddPreviewToWindow Adds a preview area to the window. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.AddPreviewWithControl Adds a preview area to the window using placeholder control. | 10.3 |
| AVRecorder.AudioDeviceCount Queries number of audio devices found by the plugin. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.AudioDeviceInfo Queries details about audio device. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.AuthorizationStatusForMediaType Queries authorization status for audio/video recording. | 8.4 |
| AVRecorder.AvailableReactionTypes Returns a list of reaction types which can be passed to performEffectForReaction. | 13.5 |
| AVRecorder.CanPerformReactionEffects Indicates whether reactions can be performed on a particular AVCaptureDevice. | 13.5 |
| AVRecorder.CaptureStillPhoto Captures a still image. | 6.2 |
| AVRecorder.ClosePreview Closes the preview view. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.CurrentQRCode Queries current QRCode. | 8.4 |
| AVRecorder.GetAudioDevice Queries name of audio device in use. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.GetAutomaticallyAdjustsVideoMirroring Queries whether automatically mirroring is enabled. | 7.4 |
| AVRecorder.GetFilePath Queries the current file path. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.GetVideoDevice Queries name of video device in use. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.GetVideoMirrored Queries whether video should be mirrored. | 7.4 |
| AVRecorder.GetVideoOrientation Queries current video orientation. | 14.1 |
| AVRecorder.HasQRCode Whether we have a QRCode. | 8.4 |
| AVRecorder.Init Starts a new recording session. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.IsRecording Queries whether we are recording. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.IsVideoMirroringSupported Queres whether video mirroring is supported. | 7.4 |
| AVRecorder.List Lists all IDs of recorder objects. | 13.0 |
| AVRecorder.PerformEffectForReaction Triggers a specified reaction on the video stream. | 13.5 |
| AVRecorder.ReactionEffectGesturesEnabled A function indicating whether gesture detection will trigger reaction effects on the video stream. | 13.5 |
| AVRecorder.ReactionEffectsEnabled Whether reaction effects are enabled. | 13.5 |
| AVRecorder.Release Releases a recording session. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.ReleaseAll Releases all recording sessions. | 10.5 |
| AVRecorder.RequestAccessForMediaType Requests permissions for media type. | 8.4 |
| AVRecorder.SetAudioDevice Sets the audio device to use. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.SetAutomaticallyAdjustsVideoMirroring Set whether to allow automatically mirroring. | 7.4 |
| AVRecorder.SetFilePath Sets the file path for recording. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.SetVideoDevice Sets the video device to use. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.SetVideoMirrored Sets mirror state. | 7.4 |
| AVRecorder.SetVideoOrientation Sets the video orientation for iOS. | 14.1 |
| AVRecorder.StartPreview Starts the preview. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.StartQRCodeDetection Starts QRCode detection. | 8.4 |
| AVRecorder.StartRecording Starts recording. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.StopQRCodeDetection Stops QRCode detection. | 8.4 |
| AVRecorder.StopRecording Stops recording. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.VideoDeviceCount Queries number of video devices found by the plugin. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.VideoDeviceInfo Queries details about video device. | 6.1 |
| AddToErrorLog Adds log entry to current error log. | 12.3 |
| App.EffectiveUserID Queries effective user ID. | 8.0 |
| App.Exit Quits the current process. | 11.1 |
| App.GetDockBadgeLabel Returns the tile's current badge label. | 2.6 |
| App.GetFocussedWindowTitle Queries the title of the focussed window, when run. | 12.5 |
| App.GetProcessName Queries the name of the application. | 3.2 |
| App.GetProcessPath Queries the path of the application. | 3.5 |
| App.ProcessID Queries process ID. | 8.0 |
| App.SetDockBadgeLabel Sets the string to be displayed in the tile's badging area. | 2.6 |
| App.UserID Queries user ID. | 8.0 |
| Archive.AddContainer Adds a container value to the current archive. | 13.1 |
| Archive.AddFile Add files to the current archive. | 13.1 |
| Archive.AddText Add a text file to the archive. | 13.1 |
| Archive.BZip2Version Queries version of bzip2 library. | 13.2 |
| Archive.Close Closes the current archive. | 13.1 |
| Archive.Compress Compresses files to an archive. | 9.0 |
| Archive.CompressContainer Compresses one container into a new archive. | 11.1 |
| Archive.CompressText New in 14.3 Compresses a text into a new archive. | 14.3 |
| Archive.Content Lists content of archive as JSON. | 9.0 |
| Archive.Create Creates a new archive. | 13.1 |
| Archive.Extract Extracts files in an archive. | 9.0 |
| Archive.ExtractFile Extracts one file and returns as container. | 10.4 |
| Archive.FileList Lists file paths in the archive. | 9.0 |
| Archive.GZipDecompress Extracts content of gzip file as container. | 11.3 |
| Archive.LZ4Version Queries version of lz4 library. | 13.2 |
| Archive.LibVersion Queries version of LibArchive. | 9.0 |
| Archive.LibVersionDetails Queries version of LibArchive. | 9.0 |
| Archive.SupportedFormats Returns the list of supported formats. | 9.0 |
| Archive.Verify Verifies files in an archive. | 9.2 |
| Archive.ZLibVersion Queries version of zlib library. | 13.2 |
| Archive.ZStdVersion Queries version of zest library. | 13.2 |
| Archive.lzmaVersion Queries version of lzma library. | 13.2 |
| Audit.Backup Log record. | 8.5 |
| Audit.Backup2 Log record. | 8.5 |
| Audit.BaseTableNameForID Looks up the Audit cache for the base table name for a given table occurrence ID. | 13.1 |
| Audit.Changed Log record change. | 2.8 |
| Audit.Changed2 Same as Audit.Changed, but here you pass the list of fields to check. | 3.1 |
| Audit.ClearCaches Clears internal caches for audit functions. | 3.1 |
| Audit.Delete Log record deletion. | 2.8 |
| Audit.Delete2 Same as Audit.Delete, but here you pass the list of fields to check. | 3.1 |
| Audit.FieldIDForName Looks up the Audit cache for a field name. | 8.2 |
| Audit.FieldNameForID Looks up the Audit cache for a field ID. | 8.0 |
| Audit.GetDateAndTimeAsNumbers Queries state for this option. | 12.3 |
| Audit.GetEnabled Queries enable status. | 7.1 |
| Audit.GetIgnoreCalculations Queries whether stored calculations are audited. | 4.4 |
| Audit.GetIgnoreRepetitions Queries whether repetition fields should be ignored. | 10.3 |
| Audit.GetIgnoreSummaryFields Queries whether summary fields are audited. | 5.4 |
| Audit.GetIgnoreUnderscoreFieldNames Queries the state of the underscore ignore setting. | 5.3 |
| Audit.GetIgnoredFieldNames Queries list of ignored field names. | 7.3 |
| Audit.GetLogAccess Queries whether plugin logs access. | 4.1 |
| Audit.GetUUIDField Queries UUID field name. | 7.3 |
| Audit.Hash Hashes the field/value. | 11.1 |
| Audit.SetDateAndTimeAsNumbers Sets whether time values are stored as numbers. | 12.3 |
| Audit.SetEnabled Turns audit globally on or off. | 7.1 |
| Audit.SetIgnoreCalculations Set whether stored calculations are audited. | 4.4 |
| Audit.SetIgnoreRepetitions Whether to ignore repetitions. | 10.3 |
| Audit.SetIgnoreSummaryFields Set whether summary fields are audited. | 5.4 |
| Audit.SetIgnoreUnderscoreFieldNames Sets whether to ignore all field names whose name starts with underscore character. | 5.3 |
| Audit.SetIgnoredFieldNames Sets the ignored field names. | 2.8 |
| Audit.SetLogAccess Sets whether access is logged. | 4.1 |
| Audit.SetUUIDField Sets the UUID field name. | 7.3 |
| Audit.Statistics Queries statistics for Audit functions. | 12.1 |
| Audit.TableIDForName Looks up the Audit cache for a table name. | 8.2 |
| Audit.TableNameForID Looks up the Audit cache for the table name for a given table occurrence ID. | 8.0 |
| Barcode.DrawBarcode Draws a barcode into a PDF page. | 3.5 |
| Barcode.EANChecksum Calculates checksum for EAN barcodes. | 5.0 |
| Barcode.Generate Generates a barcode. | 3.5 |
| Barcode.GenerateJSON Generates a barcode. | 9.4 |
| Barcode.GetInputMode Queries input mode. | 8.1 |
| Barcode.GetOption Queries option by index. | 8.1 |
| Barcode.GetPrimary Queries primary parameter. | 7.1 |
| Barcode.ISBNChecksum Calculates checksum for ISBN barcodes. | 5.0 |
| Barcode.LibVersion Queries version of Zint library. | 9.3 |
| Barcode.LoadLibrary Loads the zbar library. | 11.3 |
| Barcode.Loaded Whether the zbar library is loaded. | 11.3 |
| Barcode.Modulo10Checksum Calculate checksum with Modulo 10 recursive. | 11.1 |
| Barcode.Scan Scans for barcodes in a picture. | 11.3 |
| Barcode.SetInputMode Sets input mode. | 8.1 |
| Barcode.SetOption Sets option by index. | 8.1 |
| Barcode.SetOptions Sets options for barcode creation. | 4.3 |
| Barcode.SetPrimary Sets primary parameter. | 7.1 |
| Barcode.UPCChecksum Calculates checksum for UPC barcodes. | 3.5 |
| Barcode.WriteFile Generates a barcode and writes to file. | 4.3 |
| Barcode.ZBarVersion Queries version of zbar library. | 11.3 |
| BinaryFile.Append Opens a file to append data. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Close Closes a file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Create Creates a new file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.EOF Queries whether we are at the end of the current file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Length Queries length of current file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.List Lists all IDs of binary file objects. | 13.0 |
| BinaryFile.Open Opens an existing file for reading. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Position Queries current file position. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadByte Reads a single byte from the file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadContainer Read some data and interpret them as container. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadFloat Reads a float value. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadHex Read data and returns as hex text. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadInt Reads an integer value. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadPDF Reads data as PDF. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadText Reads text from file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Seek Moves file pointer to new position. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteByte Writes a single byte value to the file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteContainer Writes a container value to the file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteFloat Writes a float value. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteHex Writes hex encoded data. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteInt Writes an integer value. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteText Writes a text file with the given text. | 7.3 |
| Bonjour.Register Register a service. | 8.4 |
| Bonjour.RegisteredName Queries registered name. | 8.4 |
| CF Shorter version for FM.CF. | 14.1 |
| CFunction.AllocateArray Allocates an array parameter. | 10.3 |
| CFunction.Call Calls a C function. | 10.3 |
| CFunction.FreeArray Free an array parameter. | 10.3 |
| CFunction.GetArray Queries values of an array. | 10.3 |
| CFunction.GetArrayByteSize Queries byte size of allocated array. | 10.3 |
| CFunction.GetTag New in 14.3 Queries the tag value. | 14.3 |
| CFunction.List Lists all IDs of function objects. | 13.0 |
| CFunction.Name Queries name of the function. | 10.3 |
| CFunction.ParameterCount Queries parameter count for function. | 10.3 |
| CFunction.ParameterType Queries parameter type for a parameter. | 10.3 |
| CFunction.Release Releases the function and all memory used for it. | 10.3 |
| CFunction.ReleaseAll Frees all functions. | 10.5 |
| CFunction.ReturnType Queries return type. | 10.3 |
| CFunction.SetArray Sets values of an array. | 10.3 |
| CFunction.SetTag New in 14.3 Sets the tag value. | 14.3 |
| CGImageSource.ClearProperties Clears all properties. | 9.4 |
| CGImageSource.Count Queries number of images in this image source. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.CreateWithData Creates an image source that reads from a container. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.CreateWithPath Creates an image source that reads from a location specified by a Path. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.CreateWithURL Creates an image source that reads from a location specified by a URL. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.Export Exports the image as container value. | 9.4 |
| CGImageSource.FileName Queries file name of the image. | 9.4 |
| CGImageSource.HasProperty Query whether the property exists. | 9.4 |
| CGImageSource.ImageAtIndex Returns the image associated with the specified index in an image source. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.Keys Queries the list of keys for all the properties in the image source. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.List Lists all IDs of image source objects. | 13.0 |
| CGImageSource.Properties Queries all properties as JSON. | 8.3 |
| CGImageSource.Property Queries the value of a property. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.Release Closes image source and releases memory. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.ReleaseAll Frees all CGImageSource objects. | 10.5 |
| CGImageSource.SetProperty Sets the value for a property. | 9.4 |
| CGImageSource.Status Return the status of an image source. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.SupportedExportTypes Returns an array of uniform type identifiers (UTIs) that are supported for image destinations. | 9.4 |
| CGImageSource.SupportedTypes Returns an array of uniform type identifiers (UTIs) that are supported for image sources. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.ThumbnailAtIndex Creates a thumbnail image of the image located at a specified location in an image source. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.Type Queries the type of the image source. | 3.4 |
| CLGeocoder.Cancel Cancels a pending geocoding request. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.Cancelled Whether the request was cancelled. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.Close Closes a request and frees memory. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.Distance Returns the distance (in meters) of the two locations. | 6.1 |
| CLGeocoder.Done Queries whether the request is finished. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.Error Checks if this request got an error. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.ErrorMessage Queries the error message of the geo coder. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.GeocodeAddressString Submits a forward-geocoding request using the specified string. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.JSON Queries data of geo coder as JSON. | 10.1 |
| CLGeocoder.PlacemarkCount Queries the number of placemarks found. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.PlacemarkValue Queries a value of the placemarks found. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.ReverseGeocodeLocation Submits a reverse-geocoding request for the specified location. | 4.1 |
| CLibrary.GetTag New in 14.3 Queries the tag value. | 14.3 |
| CLibrary.List Lists all IDs of library objects. | 13.0 |
| CLibrary.Load Loads a C library. | 10.3 |
| CLibrary.LoadFunction Loads a function from a library. | 10.3 |
| CLibrary.Name Queries name of the library. | 10.3 |
| CLibrary.Release Releases the library and all memory used for it. | 10.3 |
| CLibrary.ReleaseAll Frees all libraries. | 10.5 |
| CLibrary.SetTag New in 14.3 Sets the tag value. | 14.3 |
| CLibrary.Symbols Queries list of symbols of a library. | 10.3 |
| CNContact.AddEmailAddress Adds an email address to a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddInstantMessage Adds an instant message account to a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddInstantMessageJSON Adds an instant message account to a contact with JSON. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddPhoneNumber Adds an phone number to a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddPostalAddress Adds an postal address to a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddPostalAddressJSON Adds an postal address to a contact with JSON. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddRelation Adds an relation to a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddSocialProfile Adds an social profile to a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddSocialProfileJSON Adds an social profile to a contact with JSON. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddURLAddress Adds an URL address to a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.DeleteValue Deletes a value of a contact. | 10.1 |
| CNContact.HasValue Checks whether a value is available in the loaded contact. | 12.1 |
| CNContact.IsUnifiedWithContact Checks if the contact is unified based on other contact. | 8.5 |
| CNContact.JSON Queries contact as JSON. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.MailingAddress Queries mailing address for contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.Name Queries display name of contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.SetValue Sets the value of a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.Show Shows a contact as sheet. | 10.1 |
| CNContact.UnifiedContacts Queries which contacts an unified contact is based upon. | 8.5 |
| CNContact.Value Queries the value of contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContactPicker.Close Closes the picker. | 10.1 |
| CNContactPicker.Current Queries the current contact. | 10.1 |
| CNContactPicker.SetTrigger Sets the script trigger. | 10.1 |
| CNContactPicker.Show Shows the contact picker to select a contact. | 10.1 |
| CNContactStore.AddContact Adds a new contact to the database. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.AddGroup Adds a new group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.AddMember Add a new member to a group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.AuthorizationError Queries error message. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.AuthorizationStatus Queries authorization status. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.Contacts Queries all contacts. | 8.5 |
| CNContactStore.ContactsInContainer Queries list of contacts in a container. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.ContactsInGroup Queries contacts in the group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.ContactsMatchingEmailAddress Find the contacts whose email address matches the specified value. | 10.5 |
| CNContactStore.ContactsMatchingName Queries matching contacts for a name. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.ContactsMatchingPhoneNumber Find the contacts whose phone number matches the specified value. | 10.5 |
| CNContactStore.ContactsMatchingURL Find the contacts whose URL matches the specified value. | 14.0 |
| CNContactStore.ContactsWithData Creates contacts for vCard data. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.ContainerForContact Queries container for a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.ContainerForGroup Queries container for a group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.Containers Queries identifiers of all containers. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.Country Returns ISO code for users country. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.DataWithContacts Queries data for contacts. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.DefaultContainerIdentifier The identifier of the default container. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.DeleteContact Delete a contact from the contact store. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.DeleteGroup Deletes a group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.FetchContact Fetches a fresh copy of this contact. | 12.1 |
| CNContactStore.GroupHierarchy Queries group hierarchy as JSON. | 8.5 |
| CNContactStore.Groups Queries list of all groups. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.NewContact Creates new empty contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.RemoveMember Remove a member from a group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.RenameGroup Renames the group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.RequestAccesss Request access to the user's contacts. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.SetChangeScript Sets the script to trigger on changes by other applications. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.UpdateContact Updates a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContainer.Name The name of the container. | 8.4 |
| CNContainer.Type Queries type of container. | 8.4 |
| CNGroup.Name Queries group name. | 8.4 |
| CURL.AWSPresignURL Query predigend URL for Amazon Webservices. | 11.3 |
| CURL.AddInputFile Adds input to file data from the container value. | 2.7 |
| CURL.AddInputGIF Adds input to GIF data from the container value. | 3.1 |
| CURL.AddInputJPEG Adds input to JPEG data from the container value. | 2.7 |
| CURL.AddInputPDF Adds input to PDF data from the container value. | 4.0 |
| CURL.AddInputPNG Adds input to PNG data from the container value. | 2.7 |
| CURL.AddInputText Adds input data for this transfer to be the text you provide. | 2.7 |
| CURL.AvailableSSLBackends Queries the list of available SSL backends. | 14.2 |
| CURL.Cancel Cancels a running transfer in background. | 2.5 |
| CURL.Check Checks for curl events. | 5.2 |
| CURL.CloseDebugFile Closes the debug output file. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CloseHeaderFile Closes the header output file. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CloseInputFile Closes the input file. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CloseOutputFile Closes the data output file. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CreateDebugOutputFile Creates output file for writing debug messages. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CreateHeaderOutputFile Creates output file for writing header text. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CreateOutputFile Creates output file for downloading data. | 2.6 |
| CURL.ErrorCode Returns the last CURL error code. | 2.5 |
| CURL.ErrorMessage Returns the last CURL error message. | 2.5 |
| CURL.Features Queries features in the CURL library. | 10.1 |
| CURL.FileInfos Queries file listing as JSON. | 8.5 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyContainer Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyContainerContentType Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyFile Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyFileContentType Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyText Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyTextContentType Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyValue Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.5 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyValueContentType Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.5 |
| CURL.FormClear Clears current form data. | 9.0 |
| CURL.FormFinish Finishes constructing a form. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetActiveSocket Receive the active socket used by this curl session. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetAppConnectTime Queries connect time. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetBatchCurrentFileName Queries current file name. | 7.0 |
| CURL.GetBatchCurrentFilePath Queries current file path. | 7.0 |
| CURL.GetBatchDestinationPath Queries destination path. | 7.0 |
| CURL.GetBatchFileNames Queries list of file names downloaded. | 7.0 |
| CURL.GetCAInfo Queries default CAInfo value. | 12.3 |
| CURL.GetCAPath Queries default CAPath value. | 12.3 |
| CURL.GetCertInfo Queries information on the certificate chain. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetConditionUnmet Get the number 1 if the condition provided in the previous request didn't match. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetConnectTime Queries connect time. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetContentLengthDownload Get the content-length of the download. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetContentLengthUpload Get the specified size of the upload. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetContentType Get the content-type of the downloaded object. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetCookieList Get list of all cookies cURL known (expired ones, too). | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetDebugLength Queries the current length in bytes of the debug messages buffer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetDebugMessages Returns the debug output of the transaction as text. | 13.0 |
| CURL.GetDebugWithData Whether to include data in the debug log. | 6.2 |
| CURL.GetDebugWithProgress Queries whether to include progress in debug messages. | 6.3 |
| CURL.GetDebugWithTime Queries whether times are included in debug messages. | 6.2 |
| CURL.GetEffectiveMethod Get the last used effective HTTP method. | 10.4 |
| CURL.GetEffectiveURL Get the last used effective URL. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetFTPEntryPath Get a string holding the path of the entry path. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetFailedEvaluate Queries expression to be run when transfer failed. | 14.0 |
| CURL.GetFailedFileName Queries the file name for the script to call in case of failed transfer. | 14.0 |
| CURL.GetFailedScriptName Queries the script name for the script to call in case of failed transfer. | 14.0 |
| CURL.GetFileTime Get the remote time of the retrieved document. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetFinishedEvaluate Queries expression to be run when transfer is finished. | 6.1 |
| CURL.GetFinishedFileName Queries the file name for the finished script to call. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetFinishedScriptName Queries the script name to call when transfer finished. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetFormData Queries form data as it would be sent currently. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetHTTPAuthAvail Get a bitmask indicating the authentication method(s) available. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetHTTPConnectCode Get the last received proxy response code to a CONNECT request. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetHTTPVersion Queries http version. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetHeaderAsJSON Returns headers parsed as JSON. | 10.2 |
| CURL.GetHeaderLength Queries the current length in bytes of the header buffer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetHeaderSize Get the total size of all the headers received. Measured in number of bytes. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetHeaders Returns the headers of the transaction as text. | 13.0 |
| CURL.GetInputAsText Returns the input of the transaction as text. | 2.8 |
| CURL.GetInputLength Queries the current length in bytes of the input buffer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetLocalIP Queries local IP. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetLocalPort Get the local (source) port of the most recent connection done with this curl handle. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetMQTTFileName New in 14.3 Queries script name set to run for incoming MQTT file name. | 14.3 |
| CURL.GetMQTTMessages New in 14.3 Queries JSON array with messages. | 14.3 |
| CURL.GetMQTTScriptName New in 14.3 Queries script name set to run for incoming MQTT script name. | 14.3 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionChunkLengthPenaltySize Queries chunk length penalty size. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionContentLengthPenaltySize Queries content length penalty size. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxConcurrentStreams Queries max connections per server. | 10.0 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxConnects Queries max connects setting. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxHostConnections Queries max host connections value. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxPipelineLength Queries max pipeline length. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxTotalConnections Queries max total connections value. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionPipelining Queries pipelining mode. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiRunningTransfers Queries running transfers count. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetNameLookupTime Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the name resolving was completed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetNumConnects Queries new connections count for transfer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetOSErrNo Get the errno variable from a connect failure. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetOptionConnectTo Queries connect to list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionCustomRequest Queries current custom request value. | 10.4 |
| CURL.GetOptionHTTP200Aliases Queries HTTP 200 aliases list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionHTTPHeader Queries HTTP request headers. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionMailRecipients Queries mail recipients list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionPostFields Queries current post fields value. | 10.4 |
| CURL.GetOptionPostQuote Queries post quote list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionPreQuote Queries pre quote list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionProxyHeader Queries proxy header request list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionQuote Queries quote list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionResolve Queries resolve list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionTelnetOptions Queries telnet options list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionURL Queries current URL value. | 10.4 |
| CURL.GetOptionUserName Queries current user name value. | 10.4 |
| CURL.GetPreTransferTime Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the file transfer is just about to begin. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetPrimaryIP Queries primary IP. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetPrimaryPort Get the destination port of the most recent connection done with this curl handle. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProgressCurrentDownload Queries current number of bytes downloaded. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProgressCurrentUpload Queries current number of bytes uploaded. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProgressEvaluate Queries expression to be run when transfer makes progress. | 6.1 |
| CURL.GetProgressFileName Queries progress script file name. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetProgressPercent Queries progress in percent. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetProgressScriptName Queries script name to be called for progress. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetProgressTotalDownload Queries total number of bytes to download. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProgressTotalUpload Queries total number of bytes to upload. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProxyAuthAvail Queries available proxy authentication methods. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProxyError Queries proxy error code. | 10.5 |
| CURL.GetProxySSLVerifyResult Queries result of proxy ssl verification. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetRTSPCSEQRecv Query RTSP sequence counter received. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetRTSPClientCSEQ Query RTSP Client sequence counter. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetRTSPServerCSEQ Query RTSP Server sequence counter. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetRTSPSessionID Query RTSP session ID. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetRedirectCount Get the total number of redirections that were actually followed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetRedirectTime Queries redirect time. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetRedirectURL Queries redirect URL. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetReferer Queries referrer text. | 11.2 |
| CURL.GetRequestSize Get the total size of the issued requests. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResponseCode Get the last received HTTP or FTP code. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResultAsContainer Returns the result of the transaction as container value with auto detection of type. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetResultAsData Returns the result of the transaction as data file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResultAsEMailList Parses result of an IMAP list query. | 9.0 |
| CURL.GetResultAsEmail Queries the result of the CURL transfer and parses as email. | 5.3 |
| CURL.GetResultAsGIF Returns the result of the transaction as GIF image. | 3.1 |
| CURL.GetResultAsJPEG Returns the result of the transaction as JPEG image. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResultAsMime Queries the result of the CURL transfer and parses as mime data. | 10.0 |
| CURL.GetResultAsPDF Returns the result of the transaction as PDF. | 4.0 |
| CURL.GetResultAsPNG Returns the result of the transaction as PNG image. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResultAsText Returns the result of the transaction as text. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResultLength Queries the current length in bytes of the result buffer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetRetryAfter Returns the Retry-After retry delay. | 10.4 |
| CURL.GetSSLEngines Get a linked-list of OpenSSL crypto-engines supported. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetSSLVerifyResult Get the result of the certification verification that was requested. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetScheme Queries scheme. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetSizeDownload Get the total amount of bytes that were downloaded. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetSizeUpload Get the total amount of bytes that were uploaded. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetSpeedDownload Get the average download speed that curl measured for the complete download. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetSpeedUpload Get the average upload speed that curl measured for the complete upload. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetStartTransferTime Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the first byte is received by libcurl. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetSucceededEvaluate Queries expression to be run when transfer succeeded. | 14.0 |
| CURL.GetSucceededFileName Queries the file name for the script to call in case of successful transfer. | 14.0 |
| CURL.GetSucceededScriptName Queries the script name for the script to call in case of successful transfer. | 14.0 |
| CURL.GetTag Queries the tag value. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetTotalTime Queries total time of transfer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.Host Queries host value from compiling. | 2.5 |
| CURL.IsRunning Checks whether a transfer is still running. | 2.5 |
| CURL.LibIDNVersion Queried LibIDN version. | 8.2 |
| CURL.LibSSHVersion Queries SSH library version. | 8.2 |
| CURL.LibSSLVersion Returns SSL Library version. | 2.5 |
| CURL.List Lists all IDs of current CURL transfers. | 5.4 |
| CURL.LoadLibrary Loads a custom CURL library. | 10.2 |
| CURL.New Start a new CURL easy session. | 2.5 |
| CURL.NumberOfRunningTransfers Queries number of running transfers. | 5.2 |
| CURL.OpenInputFile Opens file for reading data needed for upload, email sending or HTTP Post. | 2.6 |
| CURL.Options Queries all CURL options set for this CURL handle. | 12.4 |
| CURL.Perform Perform a file transfer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.PerformAsync Perform a curl transfer asynchronously. | 5.2 |
| CURL.PerformInBackground Perform a file transfer in background. | 2.5 |
| CURL.ProcessRelativeURL Processes an URL to come from relative URL to a new absolute URL. | 13.4 |
| CURL.Protocols Queries list of supported protocols. | 2.5 |
| CURL.ReceiveData Receives raw data on a connection. | 7.2 |
| CURL.ReceiveText Receives raw data on a connection as text. | 7.2 |
| CURL.Release End a CURL session. | 2.5 |
| CURL.ReleaseAll Releases all CURL objects. | 10.2 |
| CURL.Reset Resets the CURL session. | 5.2 |
| CURL.RunningTransfers Queries list of running transfers. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SendData Sends raw data over a connection. | 7.2 |
| CURL.SendText Sends raw data with text over a connection. | 7.2 |
| CURL.SetBatchDestinationPath Sets the destination path for batch downloads. | 7.0 |
| CURL.SetDebugWithData Whether to include data in the debug log. | 6.2 |
| CURL.SetDebugWithProgress Sets whether to include progress in debug messages. | 6.3 |
| CURL.SetDebugWithTime Sets whether times are included in debug log. | 6.2 |
| CURL.SetFailedEvaluate Sets expression to be run when transfer failed. | 14.0 |
| CURL.SetFailedScript Sets which script to call when a transfer failed. | 14.0 |
| CURL.SetFinishedEvaluate Sets expression to be run when transfer is finished. | 6.1 |
| CURL.SetFinishedScript Sets which script to call when a transfer finished. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetInputFile Sets input to file data from the container value. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetInputGIF Sets input to GIF data from the container value. | 3.1 |
| CURL.SetInputJPEG Sets input to JPEG data from the container value. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetInputPDF Sets input to PDF data from the container value. | 4.0 |
| CURL.SetInputPNG Sets input to PNG data from the container value. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetInputText Sets input data for this transfer to be the text you provide. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetMQTTScript New in 14.3 Sets script to run when we receive a MQTT message,. | 14.3 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionChunkLengthPenaltySize Sets chunk length penalty size. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionContentLengthPenaltySize Sets content length penalty size. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxConcurrentStreams Sets max connections per server. | 10.0 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxConnects Sets max connects setting. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxHostConnections Sets max host connections value. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxPipelineLength Sets max pipeline length. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxTotalConnections Sets max total connections value. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionPipelining Sets pipelining mode. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionAWSSigV4 Provides AWS V4 signature authentication on HTTP(S) header. | 11.1 |
| CURL.SetOptionAbstractUnixSocket Sets path to an abstract Unix domain socket. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionAcceptEncoding Enables automatic decompression of HTTP downloads. | 7.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionAcceptTimeoutMS Sets time-out for accept. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionAddressScope Sets the IPv6 scope_id. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionAppend Whether to append file instead of overwriting it. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionAutoReferer Set whether to set automatically the referrer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionBufferSize Sets the buffer size. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCACacheTimeout Sets the life-time for cached certificate stores. | 13.0 |
| CURL.SetOptionCAInfo Sets a path to find certificate file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCAInfoBlob Sets CAInfo as blob value. | 11.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionCAPATH Sets the certificate directory. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCRLF Whether to convert newline characters. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCRLFile Sets the CRL file path. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCertInfo Whether to collect certificate information. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionConnectOnly Connect only. | 7.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionConnectTimeoutMS Sets the connection timeout in milliseconds. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionConnectTo Sets the connect to list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionConnectionTimeout Sets the connection timeout in seconds. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCookie Sets the cookie for the current http transfer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCookieFile Sets the cookie file location. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCookieJar Sets the cookie storage file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCookieList Sets the cookie string. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCookieSession Set to 1 to mark this as a new cookie "session". | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCustomRequest Sets a custom request. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSCacheTimeout Sets the DNS Cache Timeout in seconds. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSInterface Set the name of the network interface that the DNS resolver should bind to. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSLocalIPv4 Set the local IPv4 address that the resolver should bind to. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSLocalIPv6 Set the local IPv6 address that the resolver should bind to. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSServers Set the name servers to use for DNS resolution. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSShuffleAddresses Whether to shuffle DNS addresses. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDOHSSLVerifyHost Whether to verify the host name in the DOH (DNS-over-HTTPS) SSL certificate. | 11.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDOHSSLVerifyPeer Whether to verify the DOH SSL certificate. | 11.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDOHSSLVerifyStatus Whether to verify the DOH SSL certificate's status. | 11.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDOHURL Provides the DNS-over-HTTPS URL. | 8.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionDefaultProtocol Set the protocol used when curl is given a URL without a protocol. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDirListOnly Whether to only query names in directory file listing. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionDisallowUserNameInURL Disallow specifying username/login in URL. | 8.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionExpect100TimeoutMS Sets Expect 100 timeout. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPAccount Sets the FTP account name. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPAlternativeToUser Whether to use alternative USER command. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPCreateMissingDirs Whether to create missing directories. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPFileMethod Which command to use for reaching a file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPPort Sets the ports to use for FTP. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPSSLAuth Sets which SSL Authentication to use. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPSSLCCC If enabled, this option makes libcurl use CCC (Clear Command Channel). | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPSkipPasvIP Whether to skip IP address for PASV. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPUseEPRT Whether to use EPRT command. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPUseEPSV Whether to use EPSV command. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPUsePret Whether to use PRET command. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFailOnError Whether to fail on http errors. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFileOnlyMode Disables collecting data for Result functions. | 2.6 |
| CURL.SetOptionFileTime Whether to query file time. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFollowLocation Enables or disables following locations. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionForbidReuse Whether to disallow reusing connections. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFreshConnect Sets whether to not reuse old connections. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionGSSAPIDelegation Allow GSSAPI credential delegation. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionGet Sets the transfer to be a HTTP Get. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHAProxyProtocol Whether to send an HAProxy PROXY protocol header. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTP200Aliases Sets list of aliases to be treated as valid HTTP 200 responses. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPAuth Defines which HTTP authentication methods are used. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPContentDecoding Sets how to act on content decoding. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPHeader Sets the http header list. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPProxyTunnel Set to 1 to make the library tunnel all operations through a given HTTP proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPTransferDecoding Sets how to act on transfer decoding. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPVersion Sets which HTTP version is used. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHappyEyeballsTimeOutMS Sets the happy eyeballs timeout. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionHeader Whether to include headers in output. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHeaderOptions Pass in a bitmask of "header options". | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionIPResolve Allows an application to select what kind of IP addresses to use when resolving host names. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionIgnoreContentLength Whether to ignore the Content-Length header. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionInFileSize Sets the file input size. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionInterface This sets the interface name to use as outgoing network interface. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionIssuerCert Sets the file path for the CA certificate in PEM format. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionIssuerCertBlob Set issuer SSL certificate from memory blob. | 10.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionKRBLevel Sets the kerberos security level for FTP. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionKeepSendingOnError Sets whether to keep sending on error. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionKeyPassword Sets the password for the SSL or SSH private key. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionLocalPort This sets the local port number of the socket used for connection. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionLocalPortRange This is the number of attempts curl should make to find a working local port number. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionLoginOptions Sets login options string to use for the transfer. | 5.4 |
| CURL.SetOptionLowSpeedLimit Sets the minimum required speed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionLowSpeedTime Sets how long a transfer is allowed to run with low speed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMailAuth Sets the mail auth option. | 2.9 |
| CURL.SetOptionMailFrom Sets the mail sender. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMailRecipients Sets the recipients list. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxAgeConn Sets the maximum connection age. | 9.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxConnects Sets the persistent connection cache size. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxFileSize Sets the maximum file size for download. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxLifeTimeConnection Sets maximum lifetime (since creation) allowed for reusing a connection. | 12.4 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxRecvSpeed Sets the maximum download speed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxRedirs Sets the redirection limit. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxSendSpeed Sets the maximum sending speed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMimeOptions Set MIME option flags. | 12.4 |
| CURL.SetOptionNETRCFile Sets the full path to the netrc file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNetRC Sets netrc file preference. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNewDirectoryPerms Sets the new directory permissions. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNewFilePerms Sets the new file permissions. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNoBody Whether to ignore the body of the download. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNoProxy Sets which hosts don't use a proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPassword Sets the password for this transfer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPathAsIs Set to pass path as it is and do not resolve dots. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionPinnedPublicKey Set the public key in DER form used to validate the peer public key. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionPipeWait Sets Wait/don't wait for pipe/mutex to clarify. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionPort Sets the port number for the connection. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPost Sets transfer to be a HTTP Post. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPostFields Sets the post fields. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPostQuote Sets the list of FTP or SFTP commands to pass to the server after your FTP transfer request. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPostRedir Sets the redirect policy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPreProxy Name of pre proxy to use. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionPreQuote Sets the list of FTP commands to pass to the server after the transfer type is set. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProtocolsString The protocols to allow. | 12.4 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxy Set HTTP proxy to use. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyAuth Sets which authentication methods are used. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyCAInfo The CApath or CAfile used to validate the proxy certificate. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyCAInfoBlob Sets CAInfo for proxy as blob value. | 11.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyCAPath Set the CApath directory used to validate the proxy certificate. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyCRLFile Sets CRL file for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyHeader Set list of headers used for proxy requests only. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyIssuerCert Sets the proxy issuer SSL certificate filename. | 10.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyIssuerCertBlob Set proxy issuer SSL certificate from memory blob. | 10.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyKeyPassword Sets password for the SSL private key for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyPassword The password to use for the transfer while connecting to Proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyPinnedPublicKey Sets pinned public key for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyPort The proxy port to connect to unless it is specified in the proxy string with CURL.SetOptionProxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLCert Sets name of the file keeping your private SSL-certificate for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLCertBlob Sets private key for proxy cert from memory blob. | 10.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLCertType Sets type of the file keeping your SSL-certificate for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLCipherList Specify which SSL ciphers to use for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLKey Sets name of the file keeping your private SSL-key for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLKeyBlob Set private key for proxy cert from memory blob. | 10.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLKeyType Sets type of the file keeping your private SSL-key for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLOptions Enable/disable specific SSL features with a bitmask for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLVerifyHost Enable SSL Host verification. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLVerifyPeer Set if we should verify the proxy in ssl handshake. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLVersion Sets which version of SSL/TLS to attempt to use for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyServiceName Sets Proxy Service Name. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTLS13Ciphers Specify which TLS 1.3 ciphers suites to use for proxy. | 8.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTLSAuthPassword Set a password for authenticated TLS for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTLSAuthType Set authentication type for authenticated TLS for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTLSAuthUsername Set a username for authenticated TLS for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTransferMode Whether to pass transfer mode to proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyType Sets the type of the proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyUsername The user name to use for the transfer while connecting to Proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionQuickExit Whether to allow to exit quickly. | 13.0 |
| CURL.SetOptionQuote Sets the list of FTP or SFTP commands to pass to the server prior to your FTP request. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPClientCSEQ Manually initialize the client RTSP CSeq for this handle. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPRequest RTSP request method (OPTIONS, SETUP, PLAY, etc...) | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPServerCSEQ Manually initialize the server RTSP CSeq for this handle. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPSessionID The RTSP session identifier. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPStreamURI The RTSP stream URI. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPTransport The Transport: header to use in RTSP requests. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRange Sets the range. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionRedirProtocolsString Sets the protocols allowed to redirect to. | 12.4 |
| CURL.SetOptionReferer Sets the referrer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionRequestTarget Set the request target, instead of extracted from the URL. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionResolve Sets resolve list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionResumeFrom Sets the resume from offset. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSASLAuthZID Sets the authorisation identity (identity to act as). | 9.4 |
| CURL.SetOptionSASLIR Enable/disable SASL initial response. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHAuthTypes Sets the SSL authentication types. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHCompression Enable/disable SSH compression. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHHostPublicKeyMD5 Sets MD5 hash for public key. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHHostPublicKeySHA256 Sets the SHA256 hash of SSH server public key. | 12.4 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHKnownHosts Sets the file path of the known_host file to use. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHPrivateKeyfile Sets the file path for your private key. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHPublicKeyfile Sets the file path for the public key file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLCert Sets the file path for the certificate. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLCertBlob Set SSL client certificate from memory blob. | 10.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLCertType Sets the format of the certificate. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLCipherList Sets the list of ciphers to use for the SSL connection. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLEnableALPN Enable/disable TLS ALPN extension. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLFalseStart Set if we should enable TLS false start. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLKey Sets the file path for the private key. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLKeyBlob Set private key for client cert from memory blob. | 10.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLKeyType Sets the format of the private key. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLOptions Enable/disable specific SSL features with a bitmask. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLSessionIDCache Controls SSL session-ID caching. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLVerifyHost Sets whether to verify host. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLVerifyPeer Whether to verify the peer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLVerifyStatus Set if we should verify the certificate status. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLVersion Sets which version of SSL/TLS to attempt to use. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionServerResponseTimeout Sets the timeout for FTP responses. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionServiceName Sets Service Name. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSocks5Auth Sets allowed authentication methods for SOCKS 5 proxies | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSocks5GSSAPINec Sets how to run the protection mode negotiation. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionStreamDepends Sets stream dependency on another CURL session. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionStreamDependsE Sets exclusive stream dependency on another CURL session. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionStreamWeight Set stream weight, 1 - 256. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSuppressConnectHeaders Suppress proxy CONNECT response headers from header data. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPFastOpen Set TCP Fast Open. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPKeepAlive Enable TCP keep-alive probing. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPKeepIdle Set TCP keep-alive idle time wait. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPKeepInterval Set TCP keep-alive interval. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPNoDelay Sets the TCP delay option. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTFTPBlockSize Specify block size to use for TFTP data transmission. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTFTPNoOptions Sets to whether not send any tftp option requests to the server. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTLS13Ciphers Specify which TLS 1.3 ciphers suites to use. | 8.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionTLSAuthPassword Sets the TSL authentication password. | 3.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTLSAuthType Sets the TLS authentication type. | 3.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTLSAuthUsername Sets the TSL authentication user name. | 3.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTelnetOptions Sets a list of telnet options. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTimeCondition Sets the time | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTimeOut Sets the maximum time in seconds that you allow the transfer operation to take. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTimeValue Sets the time value. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTimeoutMS Sets the transfer timeout in milliseconds. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTransferEncoding Ask for HTTP Transfer Encoding. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTransferText Whether to use ASCII mode for FTP transfer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionURL Sets the actual URL to deal with. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUnixSocketPath Set path to Unix domain socket. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionUnrestrictedAuth Controls whether authentication is reused. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUpkeepIntervalMS Connection upkeep interval. | 8.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUpload Sets this transfer to be an upload. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUploadBufferSize Set preferred upload buffer size. | 8.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUseSSL Sets whether to use SSL for next transfers. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUserAgent The user agent text string. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUserName Sets the user name string for the transfer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionVerbose Whether to store log messages. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionWebSocketOptions Sets WebSocket behaviour options. | 13.0 |
| CURL.SetOptionWildCardMatch Enable wildcard matching. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionXOAuth2Bearer The XOAUTH2 bearer token. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetProgressEvaluate Sets expression to be run when transfer makes progress. | 6.1 |
| CURL.SetProgressScript Sets the progress script. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetSSLBackend Sets which backend to use for SSL connections. | 14.2 |
| CURL.SetSucceededEvaluate Sets expression to be run when transfer succeeded. | 14.0 |
| CURL.SetSucceededScript Sets which script to call when a transfer succeeded. | 14.0 |
| CURL.SetTag Sets the tag value. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetUpdateProgressDialog Sets whether progress dialog should be automatically updated. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetupAWS Setup CURL to transfer to Amazon Webservices. | 7.2 |
| CURL.SetupOAuth Setups an OAuth signed transfer. | 8.3 |
| CURL.Upkeep Perform any connection upkeep checks. | 8.5 |
| CURL.Version Queries curl version string. | 2.5 |
| CURL.WebSocketReceive Receive WebSocket data. | 13.0 |
| CURL.WebSocketSend Send the specific message fragment over an established WebSocket connection. | 13.0 |
| ClearErrors Clears error counter. | 12.2 |
| ClearRegistration Clears registration details stored with StoreRegistration. | 3.0 |
| Clipboard.Clear Clears the clipboard content. | 14.1 |
| Clipboard.GetData Queries data from clipboard item. | 4.4 |
| Clipboard.GetFiles Queries file paths on the clipboard. | 5.1 |
| Clipboard.GetHTMLText Queries styled text from clipboard as HTML. | 6.0 |
| Clipboard.GetPDF Queries PDF in the clipboard. | 12.2 |
| Clipboard.GetPicture Queries a picture from clipboard. | 6.3 |
| Clipboard.GetRTFText Queries styled text from clipboard as RTF. | 5.0 |
| Clipboard.GetStyledText Queries styled text from clipboard. | 5.0 |
| Clipboard.GetText Queries clipboard content as text. | 2.6 |
| Clipboard.GetTypes Queries the list of data types on the clipboard. | 4.0 |
| Clipboard.SetFiles Puts a list of file paths on the clipboard. | 5.1 |
| Clipboard.SetHTMLText Puts HTML data on the clipboard. | 6.0 |
| Clipboard.SetPDF Puts PDF in the clipboard. | 12.2 |
| Clipboard.SetPicture Sets clipboard picture. | 6.3 |
| Clipboard.SetRTFText Puts RTF data on the clipboard. | 5.0 |
| Clipboard.SetStyledText Put styled text on the clipboard. | 5.0 |
| Clipboard.SetText Sets the text on the clipboard. | 2.6 |
| CompileDate Returns the date the plug-in was compiled. | 1.0 |
| CompileTime The time of day that the plug-in was compiled. | 1.0 |
| Container.Compress Compresses a container value. | 5.3 |
| Container.DecodeFromBase64 Decodes data from base64 text into a container value. | 4.4 |
| Container.DecodeFromHex Decodes data from hex text into a container value. | 6.5 |
| Container.Decompress Decompresses a container value. | 5.3 |
| Container.Deserialize Restores a serialized container value. | 5.2 |
| Container.Export Writes selected data content from a container to a file path. | 1.6 |
| Container.ExtractStream Extracts a single frame and returns as new container value. | 4.3 |
| Container.GetBase64 Returns the base 64 encoded value of the container. | 1.4 |
| Container.GetCount Counts the number of types in a container field. | 1.4 |
| Container.GetDataURL Returns the complete Data url for an image stored in a container field. | 1.4 |
| Container.GetHeight Returns the Height of the image in pixels. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetHex Returns the hex encoded value of the container. | 6.5 |
| Container.GetName Queries the path list from a container. | 3.0 |
| Container.GetResolution Queries the DPI settings stored in a container. | 4.2 |
| Container.GetSize Returns the size of the container. | 1.4 |
| Container.GetText Returns the text value of the container data. | 7.2 |
| Container.GetTotalSize Returns the size of the whole container in bytes. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetType Returns the type at the given index (zero based). | 1.4 |
| Container.GetTypeSize Returns the size of the indicated object type in container field. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetTypes Returns the list of objects in the container field. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetWidth Returns the Width of the image in pixels. | 1.3 |
| Container.IdentifyData Checks file type from the data. | 14.0 |
| Container.IsCompressed Queries whether container is compressed. | 7.5 |
| Container.ReadArchive Reads an archived container. | 4.4 |
| Container.ReadFile Reads a file with the given path. | 6.4 |
| Container.ReadImage Reads and convert image. | 8.4 |
| Container.ReadImageFile Reads and convert image file. | 11.2 |
| Container.Remove Removes a stream from container value. | 3.3 |
| Container.RemovePreview Removes the preview from a container value. | 14.2 |
| Container.Rename Renames the file path in a container value. | 3.0 |
| Container.RenameStream Renames a stream in a container. | 4.3 |
| Container.Serialize Serialized a container as a text. | 5.2 |
| Container.WriteArchive Writes an archive with container value. | 4.4 |
| Container.WriteFile Writes a file with the given container. | 6.4 |
| CoreImage.Detect Detects core image features. | 7.4 |
| CoreLocation.ClearFailHandler Clears the script called for errors. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.ClearUpdateLocationHandler Clears the script called for new location. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.RegionMonitoringAvailable Whether region monitoring is supported on the current device. | 9.1 |
| CoreLocation.RegionMonitoringEnabled Whether region monitoring is currently enabled. | 9.1 |
| CoreLocation.SetFailEvaluate Sets the expression evaluated when CoreLocation wants to report an error. | 6.2 |
| CoreLocation.SetFailHandler Sets the script called when CoreLocation wants to report an error. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.SetUpdateLocationEvaluate Sets the expression evaluated when a new location has been detected. | 6.2 |
| CoreLocation.SetUpdateLocationHandler Sets the script called when a new location has been detected. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.altitude The altitude measured in meters. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.authorizationStatus Returns the app’s authorization status for using location services. | 9.1 |
| CoreLocation.course Returns the direction in which the device is traveling. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.description Returns the location data in a formatted text string. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.desiredAccuracy The desired accuracy of the location data. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.dismissHeadingCalibrationDisplay Dismisses the heading calibration view from the screen immediately. | 9.1 |
| CoreLocation.distanceFilter Queries distance filter setting. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.distanceFromLocation Returns the distance (in meters) from the receiver's location to the specified location. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.hasLocation Queries whether we have a location. | 9.4 |
| CoreLocation.headingAvailable Whether heading is available. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.horizontalAccuracy The radius of uncertainty for the location, measured in meters. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.latitude Returns the geographical coordinate information. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.locationServicesEnabled Returns a Boolean value indicating whether location services are enabled on the device. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.longitude Returns the geographical coordinate information. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.purpose An application-provided string that describes the reason for using location services. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.requestAlwaysAuthorization Requests permission to use location services whenever the app is running. | 9.1 |
| CoreLocation.requestLocation Requests the one-time delivery of the user’s current location. | 9.1 |
| CoreLocation.requestTemporaryFullAccuracyAuthorization Asks for temporary access. | 11.1 |
| CoreLocation.requestWhenInUseAuthorization Requests permission to use location services while the app is in the foreground. | 9.1 |
| CoreLocation.setDesiredAccuracy Sets the desired accuracy of the location data. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.setDistanceFilter Sets distance filter. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.setPurpose Sets the application-provided string that describes the reason for using location services. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.significantLocationChangeMonitoringAvailable Returns a Boolean value indicating whether significant location change tracking is available. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.speed The instantaneous speed of the device in meters per second. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.startMonitoringSignificantLocationChanges Starts the generation of updates based on significant location changes. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.startUpdatingHeading Starts the generation of updates that report the user’s current heading. | 9.1 |
| CoreLocation.startUpdatingLocation Starts the generation of updates that report the user's current location. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.stopMonitoringSignificantLocationChanges Stops the delivery of location events based on significant location changes. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.stopUpdatingHeading Stops the generation of heading updates. | 9.1 |
| CoreLocation.stopUpdatingLocation Stops the generation of location updates. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.timestamp Returns the time at which this location was determined. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.verticalAccuracy Returns the accuracy of the altitude value in meters. | 2.7 |
| CoreML.Add2DArrayParameter Adds a 2D array parameter. | 10.2 |
| CoreML.AddArrayParameter Adds an array parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.AddDoubleParameter Adds a double parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.AddImageParameter Adds an image parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.AddIntegerParameter Adds an integer parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.AddTextParameter Adds a text parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.AddUndefinedParameter Adds an undefined parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.Available Whether CoreML is available. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.Clear Clears all parameters. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.CompileModel Compiles a model file. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.Description Queries the description of the model. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.GetUsesCPUOnly Queries whether to use CPU only. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.List Lists all IDs of CoreML objects. | 13.0 |
| CoreML.OpenModel Opens a compiled model file. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.PredictionFromFeatures Runs model with set parameters. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.Release Releases a model. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.ReleaseAll Releases all models. | 10.5 |
| CoreML.ResultImage Queries result image. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.SetUsesCPUOnly Sets whether to use CPU only. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.Update Updates a model. | 10.0 |
| DNSLookup.Address Queries the address. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.AddressCount Queries number of addresses. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.Alias Queries the alias. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.AliasCount Queries number of aliases. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.List Lists all IDs of DNSLookup objects. | 13.0 |
| DNSLookup.LookupHostByAddress Queries the domain name for an IP. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.LookupHostByName Queries the IP for domain. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.Name Queries the name found. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.Release Releases a DNS Lookup reference. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.ReleaseAll Releases all DNS Lookup references. | 10.5 |
| DialogModifications.Clear Clears the internal replacements list. | 4.3 |
| DialogModifications.Install Installs feature which can rename dialog elements in FileMaker. | 4.3 |
| DialogModifications.List Lists the current set dialog modifications as JSON. | 12.2 |
| DialogModifications.Set Adds an entry to the replacements list. | 4.3 |
| DialogModifications.Uninstall Uninstalls the feature. | 4.3 |
| Dictionary.AddDictionary Adds entries from other dictionary to current one. | 11.1 |
| Dictionary.AddSQL Adds values to a dictionary via SQL. | 5.1 |
| Dictionary.AddSQLRecord Adds values from a record to dictionary via SQL. | 7.4 |
| Dictionary.AddSQLRecords Adds values from a record to dictionary via SQL. | 7.4 |
| Dictionary.Clear Clears the dictionary content. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.Clone Creates a copy of the dictionary. | 6.1 |
| Dictionary.Count Returns number of keys in the dictionary. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.Create Creates a new dictionary. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.CreateNamed Creates a new dictionary with desired key. | 8.1 |
| Dictionary.Deserialize Restores a serialized dictionary. | 5.2 |
| Dictionary.FromJSON Creates dictionary from JSON. | 11.1 |
| Dictionary.GetTag New in 14.3 Queries the tag value. | 14.3 |
| Dictionary.HasKey Checks if the given key exists in dictionary. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.HasKeys Checks if the given keys exist in dictionary. | 14.2 |
| Dictionary.KeyAtIndex Returns key with given index. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.Keys Returns list with all keys. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.KeysWithPostfix Returns list with all keys matching postfix. | 11.4 |
| Dictionary.KeysWithPrefix Returns list with all keys matching prefix. | 11.4 |
| Dictionary.List Returns list of all dictionary IDs. | 5.2 |
| Dictionary.Lookup Looks up value for the key. | 12.1 |
| Dictionary.Release Releases dictionary and all memory used. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.ReleaseAll Releases all dictionaries. | 10.5 |
| Dictionary.RemoveKey Removes value with given key. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.Serialize Serialized a dictionary as a text. | 5.2 |
| Dictionary.SetList Fills dictionary with keys and values form a list. | 6.2 |
| Dictionary.SetQuickList Fills dictionary with keys and values form a quick list. | 7.1 |
| Dictionary.SetTag New in 14.3 Sets the tag value. | 14.3 |
| Dictionary.SetValueForKey Stores value for given key. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.SetVariables Creates variables with given keys and values from dictionary. | 5.1 |
| Dictionary.ToJSON Returns JSON representation of dictionary for data exchange. | 6.1 |
| Dictionary.ToMatrix Converts dictionary to a matrix. | 13.2 |
| Dictionary.ToText Returns text representation of dictionary for data exchange. | 6.1 |
| Dictionary.ToXML Returns XML representation of dictionary for data exchange. | 6.1 |
| Dictionary.ValueForKey Queries value for the key. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.ValueTypeForKey Queries data type of the value for the key. | 5.1 |
| Dictionary.Values Returns list with all values as text. | 5.1 |
| DocumentCameraScan.Clear Clears last scan. | 10.0 |
| DocumentCameraScan.Close Closes the scan dialog. | 10.0 |
| DocumentCameraScan.ErrorMessage Queries error message. | 10.0 |
| DocumentCameraScan.Initialize Initializes the document camera scan functions. | 10.0 |
| DocumentCameraScan.IsInitialized Checks whether initialization is done. | 10.0 |
| DocumentCameraScan.PageCount Queries page count. | 10.0 |
| DocumentCameraScan.PageImage Queries a page as image. | 10.0 |
| DocumentCameraScan.Scan Show the dialog to scan. | 10.0 |
| DocumentCameraScan.SetScript Sets the script to trigger when scan is done. | 10.0 |
| DocumentCameraScan.Supported Checks whether scan is supported. | 10.0 |
| DocumentCameraScan.Title Queries the title of the scanned document. | 10.0 |
| DocumentCameraScan.Visible Whether dialog is visible. | 10.0 |
| DocumentPicker.Dismiss Dismisses the dialog. | 9.1 |
| DocumentPicker.Export Shows dialog to export files. | 9.1 |
| DocumentPicker.File Queries native file path for a file. | 9.1 |
| DocumentPicker.FileCount Queries file count. | 9.1 |
| DocumentPicker.Files Queries list of native file paths. | 9.1 |
| DocumentPicker.Import Shows dialog to import files. | 9.1 |
| DocumentPicker.IsVisible Queries whether dialog is visible. | 9.1 |
| DocumentPicker.Move Shows dialog to move files. | 9.1 |
| DocumentPicker.Open Shows dialog to open files. | 9.1 |
| DocumentPicker.SetTrigger Sets trigger for document trigger. | 9.1 |
| DynaPDF.ActivateAltFontList Activates or deactivates an alternate font list that was created by DynaPDF.CreateAltFontList. | 12.0 |
| DynaPDF.AddActionToObj Adds an action to a PDF object. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.AddAnnotToPage Adds an annotation to a page. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.AddBookmark Adds a bookmark to the global outline tree of the document. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.AddBookmarkEx Adds a bookmark to the global outline tree of the document. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.AddButtonImage Add/Set a form field button image. | 10.2 |
| DynaPDF.AddButtonImageEx2 Add/Set a form field button image. | 11.5 |
| DynaPDF.AddContinueText Prints a single text line and moves the text cursor to the next line. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.AddDPartNode Creates a DPart Node. | 13.3 |
| DynaPDF.AddDeviceNProcessColorants Adds DeviceN process colorants. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.AddDeviceNSeparations Adds DeviceN separations. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.AddFieldToFormAction Adds a field to a form action. | 13.3 |
| DynaPDF.AddFontSearchPath Adds a search path to the list of available font search paths. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.AddJavaScript Adds a global JavaScript to the PDF file. | 13.2 |
| DynaPDF.AddOutputIntent Represents the destination color space for which a PDF file was created. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.AddOutputIntentEx Adds an ICC profile to the PDF file like AddOutputIntent but accepts a file as a container. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.AddValToChoiceField Adds a value to a choice field. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.AllowPageBreak Defines how to handle page breaks. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.AppendImagePage Adds new page to the PDF with given image. | 6.3 |
| DynaPDF.AppendImagePages Adds new pages to the PDF with given image paths. | 6.3 |
| DynaPDF.AppendPage This function appends an empty page to the document. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ApplyShading Applies a shading. | 10.2 |
| DynaPDF.AssociateEmbFile Associates an embedded file with a PDF object. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.AttachFile Attaches a file to the document. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.AttachFileContainer Attaches a data from container to the document. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.AttachFileText Attaches a file to the document. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.BeginContinueText This function prepares the output of multiple text lines with DynaPDF.AddContinueText. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.BeginLayer The function opens a layer in the current open page or template. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.BeginPattern This function creates a new tiling pattern. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.BeginTemplate The function creates a template and opens it so that arbitrary contents can be drawn into it. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.Bezier123 Draws a bezier path. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.Bezier13 This function paints a Bézier curve with one control point. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.Bezier23 The third supported Bézier curve type paints also a curve with one control point. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.CMYK Calculates color value for CMYK. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeAnnotName Changes or deletes the optional unique name of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeAnnotPos Changes the position and size of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeBookmark Changes an existing bookmark. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeFont This function changes or sets the font to the one of the parameter FontHandle. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeFontEx Changes or sets the font to the one of the parameter Handle. | 11.2 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeFontSize This function changes the font size of the current font. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeFontStyle This function changes the style of the current font. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeFontStyleEx The function changes the font style of a font like DynaPDF.ChangeFontStyle but it accepts also font styles like 2 (bold) or 1 (italic). | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeJavaScript Replaces a global JavaScript with a new one. | 13.2 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeJavaScriptAction Replaces the script of a JavaScript action with a new one. | 13.2 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeJavaScriptName Changes the name of a global JavaScript. | 13.2 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeLinkAnnot Changes the link of a file link or web link annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeNamedDest Changes the name of a named destination. | 13.1 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeOCGName Changes the name of an Optional Content Group (OCG). | 11.3 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeSeparationColor Changes the color of a separation color space. | 7.2 |
| DynaPDF.CheckConformance Converts a PDF file to a specific PDF standard according to the parameter Type. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.CheckFieldNames Checks all currently defined interactive form fields for invalid duplicate field names. | 8.5 |
| DynaPDF.CircleAnnot Draws a circle annotation on the current open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.Clear Starts a new PDF in memory or at the given path. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ClipPath This function marks the current path as clipping path. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.CloseImportFile Closes the current import PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ClosePath Closes current path. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.CloseTag Closes the current open tag | 13.2 |
| DynaPDF.ConvertColors Converts colors to gray. | 9.2 |
| DynaPDF.ConvertStyledText Converts styled text to formatted text. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.CreateAltFontList Creates an alternate font list, that can be filled with data by DynaPDF.SetAltFonts(). | 12.0 |
| DynaPDF.CreateAnnotAP Creates a user defined appearance stream for an annotation. | 13.3 |
| DynaPDF.CreateAxialShading Creates an axial sharing. | 10.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateButton Creates a push button. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateCheckBox This function creates a check box. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.CreateComboBox Creates a combo box. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateDPartRoot Creates the DPartRoot dictionary. | 13.3 |
| DynaPDF.CreateDeviceNColorSpace Creates a DeviceN color space. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateGeospatialMeasure Creates a geospatial measure dictionary. | 13.5 |
| DynaPDF.CreateGoToAction Creates a go-to action. | 10.0 |
| DynaPDF.CreateGoToActionEx Creates a go-to action which uses a named destination to open the target page. | 10.0 |
| DynaPDF.CreateGoToEAction Creates an embedded GoTo action. | 14.1 |
| DynaPDF.CreateGoToRAction Creates a go-to-remote action. | 10.0 |
| DynaPDF.CreateGoToRActionEx Creates a go-to-remote action. | 10.0 |
| DynaPDF.CreateGroupField Creates a group field. A group field is a simple array of fields which can be used to separate fields into several groups. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateICCBasedColorSpace Creates an ICC-based color space. | 13.0 |
| DynaPDF.CreateICCBasedColorSpaceContainer Creates an ICC-based color space based on a container. | 13.0 |
| DynaPDF.CreateJSAction Creates a JavaScript action. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateListBox This function creates a list box. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateNamedDest The function creates a named destination that can be accessed from external PDF files. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateOCG Creates an Optional Content Group (OCG) also called layer. | 11.5 |
| DynaPDF.CreateRadialShading Creates radial sharing. | 10.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateRadioButton Creates a radio button field. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateResetAction Creates a reset action. | 13.3 |
| DynaPDF.CreateSeparationCS Creates a Separation color space. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateSigField Creates an empty signature field which can be used to digitally sign the PDF file. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateSigFieldAP Creates a signature appearance template in the exact size of the base signature field. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateStructureTree Creates a global structure tree that is required to create Tagged PDF files. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateStructureTreeEx Creates the global structure tree as described at CreateStructureTree. | 13.1 |
| DynaPDF.CreateSubmitAction Creates a submit action. | 13.3 |
| DynaPDF.CreateTextField This function creates a text field. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.CreateURIAction New in 14.4 Creates an URI Action. | 14.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateXFAStream Creates an XFA stream and adds it to the global XFA resource array. | 9.5 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteAcroForm The function deletes a maybe existing Interactive Form. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteActionFromObjEx This function deletes an action from a PDF object. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteAltFontList Deletes an alternate font list that was created by DynaPDF.CreateAltFontList. | 12.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteAnnotation Deletes an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteBookmark Deletes a bookmark. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteDPartNode The deletes a dpart node. | 13.4 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteEmbeddedFile The function deletes an embedded file. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteField This function deletes an interactive form field. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteFieldEx Deletes a field by name. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteJavaScripts Deletes all global JavaScripts. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteNamedDest Deletes a named destination or all. | 11.3 |
| DynaPDF.DeletePage Deletes a given page in the current working PDF. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.DeletePageLabels Deletes all page labels contained in the current open document, if any. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteSeparationInfo Deletes the separation of the current open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteTemplate Deletes a template. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteTemplateEx Deletes a template by using an index instead of a template handle. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteWatermark Delete a watermark template. | 13.3 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteXFAForm Deletes a maybe existing XFA form (XML based form) if any. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DrawArc This function draws an arc by using a start and end angle. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.DrawArcEx This function draws an elliptical arc. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.DrawChord This function draws an elliptical chord (a region bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and a line segment, called a secant). | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.DrawCircle This function draws a circle. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.DrawNGon Draws a n-gon. | 10.5 |
| DynaPDF.DrawPie The function draws a pie-shaped wedge bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and two angles. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.EditPage This function prepares a page for editing. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.EditTemplate Prepares a template for editing. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.EditTemplate2 Opens a template for editing. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.Ellipse Draws an ellipse. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.EnableEncryption Enables encryption for next save command. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.EnableImageCache New in 14.3 Creates an image cache that is used when rendering PDF pages. | 14.3 |
| DynaPDF.EndLayer Closes a layer that was opened by DynaPDF.BeginLayer. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.EndPage This function closes an open page that was opened by AppendPage or EditPage. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.EndPattern Closes an open pattern. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.EndTemplate This function closes an open template. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.ExchangeBookmarks This function exchanges two bookmarks. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.ExchangePages The function exchanges two pages. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.ExtractDocumentText Extracts the text of all pages. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.ExtractText Extracts the text of the page PageNum. | 8.0 |
| DynaPDF.FileAttachAnnot Inserts a file attachment annotation on the current open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.FileAttachAnnotEx Inserts a file attachment annotation on the current open page. | 8.0 |
| DynaPDF.FileLink Creates a file link annotation. | 7.2 |
| DynaPDF.FindBookmark Searches for a bookmark in the document outline tree. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.FindEmbeddedFile Searches for the embedded file Name and returns the handle of it when it can be found. | 6.3 |
| DynaPDF.FindField This function searches for an interactive form field by using the fully qualified field name. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.FindLinkAnnot Searches for a file link or web link annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.FindNextBookmark Searches the next bookmark. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.FindPattern Searches for a text. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.FindText Searches a text and returns position details. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.FlattenAnnotOrField Draws an annotation or form field on the current open page. | 10.0 |
| DynaPDF.FlattenAnnots Flatten annotations. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.FlattenForm Flatten forms. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.FlushPages The function writes the pages in memory to the PDF file. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.FlushPagesEx Writes the pages in memory to the PDF file exactly like DynaPDF.FlushPages. | 10.3 |
| DynaPDF.FontInfo Retrieves the most important properties of a font. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.FreeTextAnnot Creates a Free Text annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GeneratePreview Adds a preview picture to a PDF container. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetActionCount Returns the number of actions contained in a document. | 13.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetActionsAsJSON Queries all action as JSON array. | 14.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotCount Returns the number of annotations currently used in the document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotFlags Returns the default flags used for newly created annotations. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotLink Returns the URL or file path of a file link annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotType Returns the type of a specific annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotation Queries details about an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotationAsJSON Queries one annotation as JSON object. | 10.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotationsAsJSON Queries all annotations as JSON array. | 10.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetAscent Returns the ascender of the active font. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetBBox Queries bound box values of current page. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetBookmark Returns the properties of a bookmark. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetBookmarkCount Returns the number of bookmarks defined in the document. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetBookmarksAsJSON Queries all bookmarks as JSON array. | 10.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetBorderStyle Returns the global border style which is used for newly created Interactive Form fields. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetCMapCount Returns the number of available CMap files. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetCharacterSpacing Returns the current character spacing. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetCheckBoxChar Returns the character used for newly created check boxes. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetCheckBoxCharEx Returns character index of the font ZapfDingbats that is used to display the on state of the check box. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetCheckBoxDefState Returns the default state of a check box. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetColorSpace The function returns the active color space. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetColorSpaceAsJSON Queries one color space as JSON object. | 10.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetColorSpaceCount Returns the number of color space objects which are used in the current document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetColorSpaceInfo Queries details on a colorspace. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetColorSpacesAsJSON Queries all color spaces as JSON array. | 10.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetCompressionFilter The function returns the standard compression filter for images. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetCompressionLevel Returns the active compression level. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetContent Queries content stream of the currently open page or template. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetDefaultBarcodeParameters Queries default barcode parameters. | 10.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetDescent Returns the descender of the active font. | 10.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetDocInfo The function retrieves a document info entry as text from current PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetDocInfoAsJSON Queries all document information as JSON array. | 10.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetDocInfoCount Returns the number of document info entries defined in the document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetDocUsesTransparency Checks whether this document uses transparency. | 8.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetDrawDirection The function returns the actual draw direction for closed vector graphics such as rectangles, circles, ellipses and so on. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetDynaPDFVersion Returns the version string of DynaPDF library. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFile Retrieves the details of an embedded file. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFileAsContainer Returns an embedded file as a container. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFileAsJSON Queries one embedded file as JSON object. | 10.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFileCount Returns the number of embedded files available in the PDF file. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFilesAsJSON Queries all embedded files as JSON array. | 10.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetFTextHeight The function measures the height of a formatted text block. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetFTextHeightEx The function measures the height of a formatted text block. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetField Returns the most important properties of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldAsJSON Queries one form fields as JSON object. | 10.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldBackColor The function returns the default background color used for newly created interactive form fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldBorderColor Returns the default border color used for newly created interactive form fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldBorderStyle Returns the border style of a specific form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldBorderWidth Returns the line width of the border of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldChoiceValue Retrieves a choice value of a combo or list box. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldColor Retrieves a specific color of an interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldCount The function returns the number of fields contained in the document. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldExpValCount The function returns the number of values/export values which are defined for a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldExpValue Retrieves the export value(s) of a check box, list box, or combo box. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldExpValueEx Enumerates the choice values of a combo box, list box, or radio button. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldFlags Returns the flags of a specific interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldGroupType Returns the base type of a field group. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldHighlightMode Returns the highlight mode of buttons, checkboxes, and signature fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldIndex Returns the page index or tab order of the field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldMapName Retrieves the mapping name of a specific form field if set. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldName Retrieves the name of a specific interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldOrientation Returns the orientation of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldTextAlign The function returns the text alignment of a text field or button field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldTextColor Returns the default text color used for newly created fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldToolTip Retrieves a pointer to the tool tip string of a specific interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldType Returns the field type. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldsAsJSON Queries all form fields as JSON array. | 10.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetFontAsJSON Queries one font within the PDF as JSON object. | 10.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetFontCount Returns the number of fonts which are used in the document. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetFontOrigin Returns the current font origin. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetFontSelMode Returns the current font selection mode. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetFontSize Queries the font size of the active font. | 12.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetFontWeight Returns the weight that will be used to emulate a bold font style. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetFontsAsJSON Queries all fonts within the PDF as JSON array. | 10.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetFullyQualifiedFieldName Returns the fully qualified name of a field. | 14.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetGStateFlags Returns the current graphics state flags. | 5.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetImage Queries image properties or content. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetImageContainerCount Queries number of images in an image container. | 12.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetImageCount Queries number of images in PDF. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetImageFileCount The function returns the number of images contained in a multi-page image. | 12.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportDocInfo The function retrieves a document info entry as text from import PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportDocInfoAsJSON Queries all document information from import file as JSON array. | 10.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportFlags The function returns the current import flags used to import PDF files. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportFlags2 Queries the import flags. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportOrientation Queries orientation for input page. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportPDFVersion The function returns the minor PDF version number of an external PDF file. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportPageBounds Queries page size for an import PDF page. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportPageCount Queries number of pages in the current opened import PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetInDocInfoCount Queries number of document info in import file. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetInEncryptionInfo New in 14.4 Retrieves encryption settings of the currently active import file. | 14.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetInFieldCount Returns the number of top level fields included in the currently opened import file. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsCollection Whether the currently opened import file is a portable collection. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsEncrypted Whether the currently opened import file is encrypted. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsSigned Whether a PDF file contains a digital signature. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsTaggedPDF Whether the currently open import file is a Tagged PDF file. | 11.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsTrapped Queries value of the Trapped key in the current open import file. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsXFAForm Queries whether the current open import file contains an XFA form. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInMetadata Queries input PDF metadata. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInPDFVersionEx Retrieves the version information of the currently open import file. | 11.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetInPrintSettings Retrieves the print settings of the current open import file. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetInRepairMode Queries whether the current open import file was opened in repair or normal mode. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetIsFixedPitch Queries whether the active font is a fixed pitch font or 0 if the font is a variable pitch font. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetIsTaggingEnabled Queries whether tagging is enabled. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetJPEGQuality Queries the JPEG compression quality. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetJavaScript Returns a global JavaScript as string. | 13.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetJavaScriptAction Returns the script of a JavaScript Action as string. | 13.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetJavaScriptCount Returns the number of global JavaScripts contained in a document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetJavaScriptName Returns the name of a global JavaScript. | 13.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetLanguage Returns the language identifier of the document as an ISO 3166 language tag or IANA tag, or "" if not set. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetLastErrorMessage The function returns the last error message as text or empty text if no error occurred. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetLastTextOffset Returns current text offset for WriteFText. | 13.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetLastTextPosX Return the horizontal end position of the last drawn text. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetLastTextPosY Return the vertical end position of the last drawn text. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetLeading The function returns the current leading. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetLineWidth Queries the line width. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetLinkHighlightMode Returns the current highlight mode used for newly created annotations. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetMetadata Queries metadata from PDF. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetNeedAppearance Returns true if the global NeedAppearance flag of the AcroForm is set. | 13.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetOCG Returns properties for layer. | 9.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetOCGContUsage Queres properties of a layer. | 9.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetOCGCount Returns the number of OCGs or layers which are available in document. | 9.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetOCGUsageUserName Returns the layer name. | 9.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetOpacity Returns the opacity value used to draw the visible appearance of an annotation (requires Acrobat 5 or higher). | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetOrientation Queries orientation of current page. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetOutputIntent Returns an output intent as well as the properties of it. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetOutputIntentCount Returns the number of available output intents. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetPDFVersion The function returns the version of the output PDF file. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetPDFVersionEx Retrieves the major and minor version of the PDF document as well as the underlying PDF standard, if any. | 11.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageAnnotCount Returns the number of annotations which are used by a page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageAnnotation Queries details about an annotation on current open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageBBox Queries page size for a PDF page. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageBreakExpression Queries current page break expression. | 11.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageCoords Queries the current coordinate system. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageCount Queries number of pages in the current PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageField Returns the most important properties of a field on a page. | 13.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageFieldAnnotation Returns the most important properties of an annotation field on a page. | 13.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageFieldCount Returns the number of fields used by a page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageHeight The function returns the height of the currently open page. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageLabel Retrieves the properties of a page label. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageLabelCount Returns the number of page labels defined in the document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageLayout The function returns the page layout that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageMode The function returns the page mode that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageNum Returns the page number of the currently open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageWidth The function returns the width of the currently open page. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetPrintSettings Retrieves the currently defined print settings of the document. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetReplaceICCProfile Queries file path for a ICC replace profile. | 6.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetReplaceICCProfileData Queries file path for a ICC replace profile. | 7.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetReplaceICCProfilesCounter Queries counter for ReplaceICCProfile callback. | 6.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetResolution Queries the resolution for images. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetSaveNewImageFormat Queries the SaveNewImageFormat properties. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetSpaceWidthFactor Queries the space width factor. | 12.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetTabLen Queries tab length. | 13.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetTemplCount Returns the number of templates used by a page. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetTemplHeight Returns the height of a template. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTemplWidth Returns the width of a template. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextDrawMode Queries text draw mode. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextFieldDefaultValue The function returns the default value of a text field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextFieldValue The function returns the value of a text field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextRise Queries the current text rise used to output text. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextScaling Queries the current value of horizontal text scaling. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextWidth Computes the width of a text string. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTransparentColor Returns the transparent color value that is used for newly inserted images. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTrapped Returns the trapped key of the document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseExactPwd Queries if exact password is needed to unlock PDF. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseGlobalImpFiles Queries if global import files are used. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseStdFonts Queries whether the 14 standard fonts are enabled. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseSystemFonts Queries whether system fonts are used. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseTransparency The property specifies whether images should get a transparent background. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseVisibleCoords Queries whether DynaPDF should consider the crop box to calculate the position of an object. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetUserRights Queries user rights. | 9.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetUserUnit The function returns the user unit of the current open page. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetUsesTransparency Checks whether a page or the entire document uses transparency. | 8.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetViewerPreferences Queries viewer preferences. | 9.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetWordSpacing Returns the current word spacing. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetXFAStream Returns an XFA stream. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetXFAStreamCount Returns the number of available XFA streams. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.HaveDPartRoot Checks whether the PDF file in memory contains a DPartRoot dictionary. | 13.3 |
| DynaPDF.HaveOpenDocument Whether we have a working document. | 7.1 |
| DynaPDF.HaveOpenPage Checks whether a page is open. | 7.1 |
| DynaPDF.HavePro Queries whether this is a Pro license. | 12.4 |
| DynaPDF.HighlightAnnot Creates a Highlight annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.HighlightPattern Searches a text and adds highlights for it. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.ImportEncryptionSettings Imports the encryption settings from the currently open import file. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.ImportPDFFile Imports all pages from a file. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ImportPDFPage Imports a page from the import PDF and appends it to the current working PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ImportPageAsTemplate Imports a page and creates a template which you can place on new PDF pages. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.InitColorManagement Enables color management for render functions. | 5.3 |
| DynaPDF.InitColorManagementEx Initializes color management. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.Initialize Initializes the DynaPDF functions in the MBS Plugin. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.InsertBarcode Inserts a barcode to the current open page. | 10.5 |
| DynaPDF.InsertBookmark Inserts a bookmark in an existing outline tree. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.InsertBookmarkEx Inserts a bookmark in an existing outline tree. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.InsertImage The function inserts an image from a container. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.InsertImageFile The function inserts an image from a file. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.IsColorPage Checks whether a page is a color page or if all graphic elements of the page use black & white only. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.IsEmptyPage Checks whether a page is empty. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.IsInitialized Checks if DynaPDF library has been initialized. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.Lab Calculates color value for LAB. | 11.0 |
| DynaPDF.LineAnnot Creates a line annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.LineTo The function draws a path from the current position up to the specified point. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.List Lists all IDs of current DynaPDF contexts. | 8.1 |
| DynaPDF.LockLayer Adds a layer to the list of locked layers. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.MarkTemplateAsWatermark Marks template as watermark. | 13.3 |
| DynaPDF.MovePage The function moves a page to another position in the document. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.MoveTo The function moves the current position to the point specified by PosX, PosY. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.New Creates a new DynaPDF instance. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.OpenOutputFile The function opens the output file into which the PDF file should be written. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.OpenOutputFileEncrypted The function opens the output file into which the PDF file should be written. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.OpenPDFFromContainer Opens a PDF for importing from a container. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.OpenPDFFromFile Opens a PDF for importing from a file. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.OpenTag Opens the specified tag so that contents can be written into it. | 13.2 |
| DynaPDF.OpenTagEx Opens a new tag. | 13.3 |
| DynaPDF.Optimize Optimizes PDF. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.PageLink Adds a page link to the current open page. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.PageLinkEx Adds a page link to the current open page. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.PageStatistics Queries the page statistics. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ParseContent Runs the content parser. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.Parser.ChangeAltFont Changes alternative font to use. | 14.0 |
| DynaPDF.Parser.Create Creates the parser object. | 14.0 |
| DynaPDF.Parser.DeleteText Deletes text in the area. | 14.0 |
| DynaPDF.Parser.ExtractText Extracts text from parser. | 14.0 |
| DynaPDF.Parser.FindText Finds text using the parser. | 14.0 |
| DynaPDF.Parser.Line Queries the index of the found line. | 14.0 |
| DynaPDF.Parser.ParsePage Parses a page. | 14.0 |
| DynaPDF.Parser.ReplaceSelText Replaces text on the page. | 14.0 |
| DynaPDF.Parser.Reset Resets the parser. | 14.0 |
| DynaPDF.Parser.SelectionBBox Computes the bounding box of the current selection. | 14.0 |
| DynaPDF.Parser.SelectionText Retrieves the text and text length of the current selection or found text. | 14.1 |
| DynaPDF.Parser.SetAltFont Sets the alternative font. | 14.0 |
| DynaPDF.Parser.TextMatrix Text matrix pre-calculated in user space. | 14.0 |
| DynaPDF.Parser.WriteToPage Writes changes back to the page. | 14.0 |
| DynaPDF.PlaceSigFieldValidateIcon Places the validation icon within a signature field to the wished position. | 10.2 |
| DynaPDF.PlaceTemplate The function places a template on a page, another open template, or pattern. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.PlaceTemplateEx The function places a template on a page, another open template, or pattern. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.RGB Calculates color value for RGB. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.ReadImageFormat The function retrieves the most important properties of an image file. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ReadImageResolution The function retrieves the horizontal and vertical resolution of an image file. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.Rectangle This function draws a rectangle. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.Release Releases a PDF reference. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.ReleaseAll Frees all DynaPDF objects. | 10.5 |
| DynaPDF.RenameSpotColor Renames a spot color. | 7.2 |
| DynaPDF.RenderPDFFile Renders whole PDF file in current PDF to an image. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.RenderPDFFileEx Renders whole PDF file in current PDF to an image. | 8.0 |
| DynaPDF.RenderPage Renders a page in current PDF to an image. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ReplaceImage Replaces an image with another image. | 7.5 |
| DynaPDF.ReplacePattern Replaces a text with a new text. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.ResetAnnotAP Forces a rebuild of the appearance stream of the specified annotation. | 10.3 |
| DynaPDF.ResetEncryptionSettings Resets the encryption settings which were imported from an external PDF file so that the PDF file in memory can be saved unencrypted. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.RestoreGraphicState The function restores a previously saved graphics state. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.RotateCoords The function skews the coordinate system and sets the coordinate origin to the point OriginX, OriginY. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.RotateTemplate Rotates a template. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.RoundRect The function draws a rectangle with rounded corners. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.RoundRectEx The function draws a rectangle with elliptical corners. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.Save Saves the current PDF to a container value which you can assign to a container field. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.SaveAndSignFile Saves and signs the current PDF. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.SaveAndSignFileExt Saves and signs the current PDF. | 11.0 |
| DynaPDF.SaveAndSignFileExt1 Saves and signs the current PDF. | 13.1 |
| DynaPDF.SaveAndSignFileExt2 Step 2 to save and sign a PDF manually. | 13.1 |
| DynaPDF.SaveGraphicState The function saves the current graphics state. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ScaleCoords The function scales the coordinate system by applying a transformation matrix. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetAlpha Sets alpha for drawings. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetAltFonts Fills an alternate font list created by DynaPDF.CreateAltFontList with data. | 12.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotBorderStyle Sets or changes the border style of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotBorderWidth Sets or changes the border width of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotColor Sets or changes the color of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotDate Sets or changes the creation or modification date of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotFlags Sets the default flags used for new annotations. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotFlagsEx Sets or changes the flags of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotHighlightMode Sets or changes the highlight mode of a link annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotIcon Sets or changes the icon of a text annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotLineEndStyle Sets or changes the line end styles of a Line or PolyLine Annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotOpacity Changes the opacity of a markup annotation. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotOpenState Sets the open state of a markup or PopUp annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotString Sets, changes, or deletes a string of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotSubject Sets or changes the optional subject string of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetBBox Sets a specific bounding box of the current open PDF page. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetBookmarkDest Sets or changes the destination of a bookmark. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetBookmarkStyle Sets the bookmark style. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetBorderStyle Set the global border style which is used for newly created form fields. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetCMapDir The function sets a search path from which external CMap files can be loaded. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetCharacterSpacing Sets the current character spacing. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetCheckBoxChar Sets the character which should be used for newly created check boxes. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetCheckBoxDefState Changes the default state of a check box. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetCheckBoxState Changes the state of a check box. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetColorSpace The function activates a device color space in the graphics state. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetCompressionFilter The function sets the compression filter which is used to compress images. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetCompressionLevel Sets the current compression level. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetContent Replaces the content stream of the currently open page or template with a new one. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetDateTimeFormat Sets field to use date format. | 12.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetDocInfo The function sets or changes a document info entry. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetDocInfoEx Sets a document information. | 8.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetDrawDirection The function sets the draw direction of closed vector graphics such as rectangles, ellipses, triangles and so on. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetExtColorSpace Activates an extended color space in the graphics state. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetExtFillColorSpace Activates an extended color space for fillings in the graphics state. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetExtStrokeColorSpace Activates an extended color space for strokes in the graphics state. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBBox Changes the bounding box of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBackColor Sets field background color. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBorderColor Sets the border color used for newly created interactive form fields and annotations. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBorderStyle Changes the border style of a specific Interactive Form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBorderWidth Changes the border width of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldColor Sets a specific color of an interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldDate Sets or changes the creation or modification date of a field. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldExpValue Changes the choice values of a combo or list box, or to change the state and export value of check box. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldExpValueEx Marks a choice value of a combo or list box as selected or unselected. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldFlags The function sets the flags of a specific interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldFont Sets or changes the font of a form field. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldFontEx Sets or replaces the font of a field. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldFontSize The function changes the font size of a specific field. A value of 0.0 is used as auto size. The optimal font size is then calculated by DynaPDF. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldHighlightMode Changes the highlight mode of a specific field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldIndex Sets the tab order of interactive form fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldMapName Sets or changes the mapping name of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldName Changes the name of an interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldOrientation The function sets or changes the orientation of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldTextAlign The function set or changes the text alignment of a text or button field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldTextColor The function sets the text color which is used for newly created interactive form fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldToolTip The function set or changes the tool tip or description string of an interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFillColor The function sets the current fill color as an array of float values. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetFillColorValue The function sets the current fill color. | 11.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFloatPrecision The function changes the output precision of text and vector coordinates. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.SetFont The function loads a font that can be used for text output and interactive form fields. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetFontEx Loads a font that can be used for text output and interactive form fields. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetFontOrigin Sets the current font origin that is used to position text strings. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetFontSearchOrder Changes the font search order. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetFontSelMode Changes the font selection mode. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetFontWeight Changes the font weight. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetGStateFlags Sets optional flags affecting the graphics state, coordinate handling, as well as color and image conversion rules. | 5.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetImportFlags The function sets optional flags to control the import of external PDF files. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetImportFlags2 Sets optional flags to control the import of external PDF files. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetJPEGQuality Sets the quality of JPEG compressed images in percent if JPEG compression is used. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetLanguage Specifies the language of the document. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetLeading Sets text leading. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetLineAnnotPoints New in 14.3 Changes the start and or end point of a line annotation. | 14.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetLineJoinStyle Sets a new line join. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetLineWidth The function sets the line width used to stroke paths. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetLinkHighlightMode Sets the highlight mode that is used by link annotations. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetMetadata The function sets or replaces the XMP metadata stream of a specific object. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetMiterLimit Sets the miter limit. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetNeedAppearance Sets need appearance flag. | 13.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetNumberFormat Limits textfield to only accept numbers. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetOCGState Changes the visibility state of an OCG or layer. | 9.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetOpacity Sets the opacity value which is used to render the appearance of a text annotation. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetOrientation Changes the orientation of the page. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.SetOrientationEx Changes the orientation of the page. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.SetPDFVersion Sets the PDF version. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageBBox Sets or changes the bounding box of a page. | 8.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageBreakExpression Sets page break expression. | 11.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageCoords Sets the coordinate system origin. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageFormat The function sets a predefined page or paper format. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageHeight Sets page height. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageLayout The function sets the page layout that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageMode The function sets the page mode that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageWidth Sets page width. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetPrintSettings Adds preferred print settings to the PDF file. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetRenderingIntent Set function sets the rendering intent of an image. | 12.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetReplaceICCProfile Sets the replace ICC profile path. | 6.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetReplaceICCProfileData Sets the replace ICC profile data. | 7.5 |
| DynaPDF.SetResolution Sets the image resolution. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetSaveNewImageFormat Whether to recompress images. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetSeparationInfo Sets the separation info of the current open page. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetSpaceWidthFactor Sets space width factor. | 12.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetStrokeColor The function sets the current stroke color as an list of values. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetStrokeColorValue The function sets the current stroke color. | 11.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetTabLen Sets tab length. | 13.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetTemplBBox Sets or changes a bounding box of a template. | 12.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextDrawMode Sets text draw mode. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextFieldValue The function sets or changes the value and default value of a text field. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextFieldValueEx The function changes or sets the value of a text field. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextRect The function defines the output rectangle that is used to output formatted text by the function DynaPDF.WriteFText. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextRise Sets the text rise. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextScaling Sets scaling for text. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetTransparentColor Sets the transparent color which is used for newly inserted images. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetTrapped Sets the trapped key of the document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseExactPwd Whether to require exact passwords. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseGlobalImpFiles Sets whether to use global import file. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseStdFonts The function can be used to disable the 14 standard fonts temporarily. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseSystemFonts The property specifies whether the system fonts should be automatically loaded. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseTransparency Whether to use transparency color. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseVisibleCoords Whether DynaPDF should consider the crop box to calculate to position of an object. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetUserUnit The function sets the user unit of the current open page. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetViewerPreferences Sets viewer preferences. | 9.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetWordSpacing Sets the word spacing. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetXFAStream Replaces the contents of an XFA stream with new contents. | 9.5 |
| DynaPDF.ShowDifferences Shows differences on two PDF pages by adding highlight annotations. | 5.3 |
| DynaPDF.SkewCoords The function skews the coordinate system and sets the coordinate origin to the point OriginX, OriginY. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.SquareAnnot Draws a square annotation on the current open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.StampAnnot Creates a stamp annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.StrokePath The function strokes the current path without closing it. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SysFontInfo Returns the most important properties of a system font. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.SysFontInfoAsJSON Queries all system fonts as JSON array. | 10.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.AddColumn Adds a column on the left or right side of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.AddRow Adds a new row to the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.AddRows Adds new rows to the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.ClearColumn Deletes the content in the specified column in all rows. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.ClearContent Deletes the specified object types from the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.ClearRow The function deletes the content in the specified row. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.Create Creates a new table object. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.DeleteCol Deletes a column from the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.DeleteRow Deletes a row from the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.DeleteRows Deletes all rows from the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.Draw Draws the table on the specified position. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetFirstRow Queres first row drawn. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNextHeight Calculates the height of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNextHeightRow Calculates the height of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNextRow Queres next row to be drawn. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNumCols Queries number of columns in table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNumRows Queries number of rows in table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetPDF Returns the reference to the PDF. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetTableHeight Returns the full height of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetTableWidth Returns the width of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.HaveMore Checks whether all rows where drawn. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.List Lists all IDs of table objects. | 13.0 |
| DynaPDF.Table.Release Releases the PDF table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetBorderWidth Sets or changes the border width. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetBoxProperty Sets or changes the border width, cell spacing, or cell padding. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellAction Adds an action to a cell. | 9.1 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellImage Inserts an image horizontally and vertically aligned as specified. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellImageEx Inserts an image from container. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellOrientation Sets the cell orientation. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellPadding Sets or changes the cell padding. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellSpacing Sets or changes the cell spacing. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellStyledText Inserts the specified styled text into the cell. | 11.1 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellTable Inserts a sub table into the specified cell. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellTemplate Inserts a template into the specified cell. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellText Inserts the specified text into the cell. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetColWidth The function changes the width of a column. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetColor Sets or changes the specified color as well as the corresponding device color space. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetColorFloat Sets or changes the specified color and color space. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetFlags The function sets various flags. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetFont Sets the font that is used to output text. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetFontSelMode The function sets or changes the font selection mode. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetFontSize Sets or changes the font size. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetGridWidth Sets the grid width. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetPDF Changes the PDF instance that is associated with the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetRGBColor Sets RGB color. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetRowHeight Changes the row height. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetTableWidth Changes the width of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.TestGlyphs Checks whether all glyphs of the text are available in the current font. | 13.0 |
| DynaPDF.TestPassword New in 14.4 Test the given password against the owner one. | 14.4 |
| DynaPDF.TextAnnot Creates a text annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.TranslateCoords The function translates the coordinate system to the new origin OriginX, OriginY. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.Triangle The function draws a triangle. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.UnLockLayer Removes a layer from the list of locked layers. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.Uninitialize Uninitializes DynaPDF library. | 10.1 |
| DynaPDF.WatermarkAnnot Creates a Watermark annotation. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.WebLink Inserts a web link onto the current open page. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.WriteDemoText Writes a demo text like the DynaPDF demo watermark. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.WriteFText Writes text on current page with formatting commands. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.WriteFTextEx Writes text on current page with formatting commands. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.WriteFTextExRotated Writes text on current page with formatting commands. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.WriteStyledText Writes styled text on current page. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.WriteStyledTextEx Writes styled text on current page. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.WriteStyledTextExRotated Writes styled text on current page. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.WriteText Writes text on current page. | 3.1 |
| ECKey.BuiltInCurves Queries built in curves. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.CanSign Indicates if an ECKey can be used for signing. | 10.2 |
| ECKey.Description Returns an user readable description text for the current key. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Duplicate Creates a copy of the key. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Generate Generates a new pair of private and public keys. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.List Lists all IDs of key objects. | 13.0 |
| ECKey.PrivateKey Queries the private key. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.PublicKey Queries the public key. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.ReadPrivateKey Reads a private key from text. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.ReadPublicKey Reads a public key from text. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Release Releases the key. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.ReleaseAll Frees all Key objects. | 10.5 |
| ECKey.Sign Signs the given data. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Size Queries the size of the key in bytes. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Valid Verifies that a private and/or public key is valid. | 10.2 |
| ECKey.Verify Verifies the digital signature. | 5.4 |
| EIDSDK.Address Queries address field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.BeginTransaction Begins a transaction. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.CardDeliveryMunicipality Queries municipality field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.CardNumber Queries card number field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.CardValidFrom Queries card valid from field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.CardValidTo Queries card valid to field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.ChipNumber Queries chip number field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.Close Closes device. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.DateOfBirth Queries date of birth field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.DocTypeInt Queries document type field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.Duplicate Queries duplicate field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.EndTransaction Ends a transaction. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.FirstName Queries first name field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.Initialize Initializes the SDK. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.LastName Queries last name field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.MemberOfFamily Queries memory of family field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.Municipality Queries municipality field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.NatNumber Queries national number field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.Nationality Queries nationality field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.NobleCondition Queries noble condition field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.Open Opens device. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.PhotoDigest Queries photo digest field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.Picture Queries picture. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.PlaceOfBirth Queries place of birth field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.PostalCode Queries postal code field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.SDKReleaseDate Queries SDK release date. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.SDKVersion Queries SDK version. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.SetTrigger Sets the script trigger to notify on events. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.Sex Queries sex field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.SpecialOrganisation Queries special organization field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.SpecialStatus Queries special status field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.StartScan Starts scan for devices. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.StopScan Stops scan for devices. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.SupportsPinPad Whether pin pad is supported. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.ThirdName Queries third name field. | 10.0 |
| EIDSDK.Version Queries version for card. | 10.0 |
| Email.Verify Verifies if an email is valid. | 3.3 |
| EmailParser.Address Queries an address value. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.AddressCount Queries number of addresses. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.AttachedEmails Queries email IDs for embedded emails. | 9.4 |
| EmailParser.Attachment Queries an attachment property. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.AttachmentCount Queries number of attachments. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.HTMLText Queries html text of email. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.HTMLToPlainText Converts HTML to plain text. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.HasHeader Checks if header exists. | 7.4 |
| EmailParser.Hash Returns a SHA512 hash for the email source parsed. | 5.4 |
| EmailParser.Header Queries a header entry. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.HeaderCount Queries number of header entries. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.HeaderValue Queries header value by header name. | 7.4 |
| EmailParser.Inline Queries an inline graphics property. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.InlineCount Queries number of inline images. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.List Lists all email parser reference numbers. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.MessageID Queries the message ID of the email. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.Parse Parses an email. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.ParseContainer Parses an email stored in container. | 6.3 |
| EmailParser.ParseFile Parses an email from a file. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.PlainText Queries plain text of email. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.ProcessImageReferences Processes image references in HTML. | 6.3 |
| EmailParser.ReceiveDate Queries the date and time of the email. | 6.4 |
| EmailParser.Release Frees the email parser. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.ReleaseAll New in 14.3 Releases all emails. | 14.3 |
| EmailParser.SentDate Queries the date and time of the email. | 5.4 |
| EmailParser.Source Returns the source of the email as we parsed it. | 5.4 |
| EmailParser.SourceWithoutAttachments Returns the source of the email without attachments. | 5.4 |
| EmailParser.Subject Queries the subject line of the email. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.WriteAttachment Writes an attachment to a file path. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.WriteInline Writes an inline graphics to a file path. | 5.3 |
| Encryption.Cipher Encrypts or decrypts of a value. | 4.1 |
| Encryption.CipherNames Queries list of all ciphers. | 8.5 |
| Encryption.DigestNames Queries list of all digest algorithms. | 8.5 |
| EnvironmentVariables.ClearValue Clears a variable by removing it from the environment. | 5.1 |
| EnvironmentVariables.Count Queries number of environment variables. | 5.1 |
| EnvironmentVariables.Name Queries name of environment variable with given index. | 5.1 |
| EnvironmentVariables.Names Queries list of environment variable names. | 5.1 |
| EnvironmentVariables.SetValue Sets an environment variable. | 5.1 |
| EnvironmentVariables.Value Queries value of an environment variable. | 5.1 |
| ErrorLog Queries error log. | 12.3 |
| Events.Alarm.Copy Creates a copy of the alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetAbsoluteDate Represents an alarm that fires at a specific date. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetEmailAddress Query the email for this alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetProximity Queries proximity. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetRelativeOffset Queries the relative offset from an event start date to fire an alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetSound Queries the sound to play. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetStructuredLocation Queries the location for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetURL Queries the URL to open when the alarm triggers. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetAbsoluteDate Sets an alarm that fires at a specific date. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetEmailAddress Sets the email for this alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetProximity Sets the proximity for this alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetRelativeOffset Sets a relative offset from an event start date to fire an alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetSound Sets the sound to play. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetStructuredLocation Sets the location for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetURL Sets the URL to open when the alarm triggers. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.TriggerDateRelativeTo Calculates the next alarm time. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.Type Queries the type of alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.AuthorizationStatusForEntityType Returns the authorization status for the given entity type. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.AllowsContentModifications Represents whether you can this add, remove, or modify items in this calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.CalendarIdentifier A unique identifier for the calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.Duplicate Creates a copy of the calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.GetColor Returns the calendar color. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.GetSource Query the source ID for this calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.GetTitle Gets the title of the calendar | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.GetType Queries type of calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.Immutable Queries whether calendar is immutable. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.SetColor Sets the calendar color. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.SetSource Sets the source for a new calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.SetTitle Sets the title of the calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.Subscribed Whether this is a subscribed calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.allowedEntityTypes Returns the entity types this calendar can contain. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.supportedEventAvailabilities Returns list of supported event availabilities. | 6.2 |
| Events.CalendarCount Queries number of calendars. | 6.2 |
| Events.CalendarItemsWithExternalIdentifier Finds matching events for external identifier. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendars Returns calendars that support a given entity type. | 6.2 |
| Events.ClearNotification Clears the script trigger for changes. | 6.2 |
| Events.Commit Commits pending changes to the database. | 6.2 |
| Events.CompletedReminders Fetch completed reminders in a set of calendars. | 6.2 |
| Events.DelegateSources Returns an unordered list of sources for all available delegates. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.BirthdayContactIdentifier The contact identifier of the person for this birthday event. | 12.0 |
| Events.Event.EventIdentifier Queries event long identifier for a short event identifier. | 13.0 |
| Events.Event.GetAllDay Query whether this is an all day event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.GetAvailability Queries availability. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.GetEndDate Queries the end date for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.GetStartDate Queries the start date for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.GetStructuredLocation Queries structured location. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.IsDetached Represents whether this event is detached from a recurring series. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.OccurrenceDate The occurrence date of an event if it is part of a recurring series. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.Refresh Refreshes an event object to ensure it's still valid. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.SetAllDay Sets the all day flag for an event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.SetAvailability Sets availability. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.SetEndDate Sets the end date for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.SetStartDate Sets the start date for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.SetStructuredLocation Sets the structured location. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.Status Queries status of event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.compareStartDateWithEvent Comparison function. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.organizer The organizer of this event, or empty. | 6.2 |
| Events.EventStoreIdentifier Returns a unique identifier string representing this calendar store. | 6.2 |
| Events.Events Queries events in a given time range. | 6.2 |
| Events.IncompleteReminders Fetch incompleted reminders in a set of calendars. | 6.2 |
| Events.Initialize Initializes EventKit and opens event store. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.AddAlarm Adds an alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.AddRecurrenceRule Adds a recurrence rule. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.Alarms Queries list of alarm references. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.Attendees Queries list of attendee reference list. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.CalendarItemExternalIdentifier A server-provided identifier for this calendar item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.CalendarItemIdentifier Returns a unique identifier for a calendar item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.Duplicate Creates a copy of the item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetCalendar Queries the calendar for this item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetLocation Queries the location text. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetNotes Queries the notes text. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetTimeZone Queries timezone. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetTitle Queries title of the item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetURL Queries the URL for this item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.HasAlarms Whether this event has alarms. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.HasAttendees Whether this event has attendees. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.HasNotes Whether this event has notes. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.HasRecurrenceRules Whether this event has recurrence rules. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.RecurrenceRules Queries list of recurrence rules reference list. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.RemoveAlarm Removes an alarm from the item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.RemoveRecurrenceRule Removes a recurrence rule. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetCalendar Sets the calendar for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetLocation Sets the location for this event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetNotes Sets the notes text for the calendar item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetTimeZone Sets time zone for this item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetTitle Sets the item title. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetURL Sets the URL for the calendar item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.creationDate Queries creation date. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.lastModifiedDate Queries last modification date. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewAlarm Creates a new alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewAlarmWithAbsoluteDate Creates a new alarm with an absolute trigger time. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewAlarmWithRelativeOffset Creates a new alarm with a relative trigger time. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewCalendar Creates a new calendar that may contain the given entity type. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewEvent Creates a new event. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewReminder Creates a new reminder. | 6.2 |
| Events.Object.HasChanges Checks if there are changes. | 6.2 |
| Events.Object.IsNew Returns 1 if this object has never been saved, else 0. | 6.2 |
| Events.Object.Refresh Refreshes values for this object. | 6.2 |
| Events.Object.Reset Resets the object. | 6.2 |
| Events.Object.Rollback Discards any changes. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.GetName Queries name of participant. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.GetStatus Queries participant status. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.IsCurrentUser Whether this is current user. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.Name Name of this participant. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.Person Returns the addressbook person reference that represents this participant. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.Role The role of the attendee. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.Status The status of the attendee. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.Type The type of the attendee. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.URL URL representing this participant. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.Copy Creates a copy of the day of week object. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.DayOfTheWeek The day of the week. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.NewWithDayOfWeek Creates a object with a day of the week. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.WeekNumber The week number. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.Copy Creates a copy of a recurrence end. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.EndDate Queries end date. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.NewWithEndDate Creates a recurrence end with a specific end date. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.NewWithOccurrenceCount Creates a recurrence end with a maximum occurrence count. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.OccurrenceCount Queries count. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.CalendarIdentifier Calendar used by this recurrence rule. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.Copy Creates a copy of the recurrence rule. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.DaysOfTheMonth Queries days of the month. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.DaysOfTheWeek Queries days of the week. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.DaysOfTheYear Queries days of the year. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.Description Returns short description text for debugging. | 7.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.FirstDayOfTheWeek Queries first day of week number. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.Frequency Queries frequency. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.GetRecurrenceEnd Queries recurrence end. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.Interval Queries interval. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.MonthsOfTheYear Queries months of the year. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.NewWithFrequency Creates a new recurrence rule. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.SetPositions Queries the set positions. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.SetRecurrenceEnd Sets the recurrence end. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.WeeksOfTheYear Queries weeks of the year. | 6.2 |
| Events.RefreshSourcesIfNecessary Cause a sync to potentially occur taking into account the necessity of it. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.GetCompleted Whether or not the reminder is completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.GetCompletionDate Queries the date on which this reminder was completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.GetDueDate Queries due date. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.GetDueTimestamp Queries due date as time stamp. | 9.3 |
| Events.Reminder.GetPriority Queries the priority of the reminder. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.GetStartDate Queries start date. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.GetStartTimestamp Queries start date as timestamp. | 9.3 |
| Events.Reminder.SetCompleted Whether or not the reminder is completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetCompletionDate Sets the date on which this reminder was completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetDueDate The date by which this reminder should be completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetDueDateComponents The date by which this reminder should be completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetPriority Sets the priority of the reminder. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetStartDate Sets the start date of the task. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetStartDateComponents Sets the start date of the task, as date components. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminders Fetch all reminders in a set of calendars. | 6.2 |
| Events.RemoveCalendar Removes a calendar from the database. | 6.2 |
| Events.RemoveEvent Removes an event from the calendar store. | 6.2 |
| Events.RemoveReminder Removes a reminder from the event store. | 6.2 |
| Events.RequestAccessToEntityType Requests access for the entity type. | 6.2 |
| Events.RequestFullAccessToEvents Prompts people to grant or deny read and write access to event data. | 14.1 |
| Events.RequestFullAccessToReminders Prompts people to grant or deny read and write access to reminders. | 14.1 |
| Events.RequestWriteOnlyAccessToEvents Prompts the person using your app to grant or deny write access to event data. | 14.1 |
| Events.Reset Resets the event store. | 6.2 |
| Events.SaveCalendar Saves changes to a calendar, or adds a new calendar to the database. | 6.2 |
| Events.SaveEvent Saves changes to an event permanently. | 6.2 |
| Events.SaveReminder Saves changes to a reminder. | 6.2 |
| Events.SelectEvent Selects an event via ID. | 6.2 |
| Events.SetNotification Installs a notification script. | 6.2 |
| Events.SetNotificationEvaluate Installs a notification evaluation. | 6.2 |
| Events.Source.Calendars Queries calendars inside the given source. | 6.2 |
| Events.Source.Title Queries title of the source. | 6.2 |
| Events.Source.Type Queries type of the source. | 6.2 |
| Events.SourceWithType Returns the first source matching the type. | 6.2 |
| Events.Sources Returns an unordered list of source IDs. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.Copy Creates a copy of the structured location. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.GetGeoLocation Queries the geo location. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.GetRadius Queries radius. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.NewLocationWithTitle Creates a new location. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.SetGeoLocation Sets the geo coordinates for this location. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.SetRadius Sets the radius. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.Title Queries the title of this location. | 6.2 |
| Events.defaultCalendarForNewEvents Returns the calendar that events should be added to by default. | 6.2 |
| Events.defaultCalendarForNewReminders Returns the calendar that reminders should be added to by default. | 6.2 |
| FM.Argument Query an argument passed to FileMaker from command line. | 5.1 |
| FM.ArgumentCount Queries number of arguments. | 5.1 |
| FM.CF Calls a custom function given the name with FileMaker values. | 11.3 |
| FM.CF.Parameter Queries function parameter. | 11.3 |
| FM.CompareTables Compare two tables. | 9.3 |
| FM.CurrentLayoutID Queries ID of current running FileMaker layout. | 10.2 |
| FM.CurrentLayoutName Queries name of current layout. | 10.2 |
| FM.CurrentScriptID Queries ID of current running FileMaker script. | 5.1 |
| FM.CurrentScriptName Queries name of current script. | 5.1 |
| FM.CurrentThreadID Queries current thread ID. | 5.1 |
| FM.DataType Returns data type of argument. | 6.1 |
| FM.DeleteRecord Deletes an existing record in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
| FM.DeleteRecords Deletes existing records in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
| FM.ErrorMessage Queries an error message for a FileMaker error. | 11.3 |
| FM.Evaluate Similar to FileMaker's built-in Evaluate. | 1.3 |
| FM.ExecuteFileSQL Execute the SQL Statement against a FileMaker database. | 3.5 |
| FM.ExecuteFileSQLOnIdle Executes a SQL command at idle time. | 6.5 |
| FM.ExecuteFileSQLValue Execute the SQL Statement against a FileMaker database. | 12.0 |
| FM.ExecuteSQL.LastError Queries the last error code from an SQL call | 1.2 |
| FM.ExecuteSQL.LastErrorMessage Queries the last error message from an SQL call | 3.0 |
| FM.ExecuteSQL.LastSQL Queries last SQL command. | 7.4 |
| FM.FieldStatistics New in 14.4 Queries statistics on a field. | 14.4 |
| FM.GetSQLBatchMode Queries turbo level for sending SQL in chunks. | 6.4 |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord2 Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | 6.1 |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord3 Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | 6.1 |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord4 Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | 11.2 |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord5 Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | 11.2 |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecordQuery Insert or updates a lot of records queried from a database. | 8.4 |
| FM.InsertRecord Inserts a new record in a table in one line. | 5.1 |
| FM.InsertRecordCSV Inserts records based on CSV text. | 7.4 |
| FM.InsertRecordQuery Inserts a lot of records queried from a database. | 5.1 |
| FM.InsertRecordQueryIgnoreDuplicates Inserts a lot of records queried from a database. | 6.0 |
| FM.InsertRecordTSV Inserts records based on tab/return separated text. | 5.3 |
| FM.IsMainThread Checks if current thread is main thread. | 5.1 |
| FM.LayoutIDForLayoutName Queries the ID for layout with given name. | 10.2 |
| FM.LayoutNameForLayoutID Queries layout name for a layout ID. | 10.2 |
| FM.LayoutNames Queries list of layout names in current file. | 10.2 |
| FM.Loop Universal function to run a loop with evaluate. | 8.2 |
| FM.MainThreadID Queries main thread ID. | 5.1 |
| FM.NULL Returns a null value. | 5.1 |
| FM.QueryBaseTableNames Queries the base table names of all files currently open. | 3.1 |
| FM.QueryFieldsForBaseTableName Queries the field names of all fields in the given table. | 3.1 |
| FM.QueryFieldsForTableName Queries the field names of all fields in the given table. | 3.1 |
| FM.QueryTableNames Queries the table names of all files currently open. | 3.1 |
| FM.RecordStatistics New in 14.3 Queries statistics on a record. | 14.3 |
| FM.RunScript Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 1.2 |
| FM.RunScriptLater Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 1.2 |
| FM.SQL.Avg Calculates average value in a record set. | 9.1 |
| FM.SQL.CSV Queries text of SQL result for CSV export. | 7.0 |
| FM.SQL.Execute Execute the SQL Statement against a FileMaker database. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.Field Queries field value for given position in result. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.FieldCount Queries number of fields. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.FieldType Queries field type for given position in result. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.InsertRecords Inserts records in FileMaker database from records in memory. | 6.4 |
| FM.SQL.InsertRecordsToSQL Inserts records in SQL database from records in memory. | 6.4 |
| FM.SQL.JSONColumn Returns a column as JSON array. | 10.5 |
| FM.SQL.JSONRecord Returns a row as JSON object. | 8.1 |
| FM.SQL.JSONRecords Returns rows as JSON array. | 8.1 |
| FM.SQL.List Lists all IDs of current FM.SQL objects. | 12.5 |
| FM.SQL.Max Queries max value in a record set. | 9.1 |
| FM.SQL.Min Queries min value in a record set. | 9.1 |
| FM.SQL.Release Releases memory used for the SQL result. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.ReleaseAll Release all FMSQL objects. | 10.5 |
| FM.SQL.RowCount Queries number of rows in the result. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.Sum Calculates sum value in a record set. | 9.1 |
| FM.SQL.Text Queries text of SQL result. | 7.0 |
| FM.SQL.ToMatrix Copies from result set to a Matrix. | 14.0 |
| FM.SQL.XMLRecord Returns a row as XML object. | 10.3 |
| FM.SQL.XMLRecords Returns rows as XML. | 10.3 |
| FM.ScriptIDForScriptName Queries the ID for script with given name. | 5.1 |
| FM.ScriptNameForScriptID Queries script name for a script ID. | 5.1 |
| FM.ScriptNames Queries list of script names in current file. | 5.1 |
| FM.SetSQLBatchMode Sets turbo level for sending SQL in chunks. | 6.4 |
| FM.SetThreadName Sets a new name for a thread. | 6.0 |
| FM.TableStatistics Queries statistics on a table. | 8.2 |
| FM.TextWithDataType Returns a new value with given type annotation. | 13.1 |
| FM.UpdateRecord Update an existing record in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
| FM.UpdateRecord2 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 8.0 |
| FM.UpdateRecord3 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 8.0 |
| FM.UpdateRecords Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
| FM.UpdateRecords2 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 8.0 |
| FM.UpdateRecords3 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 8.0 |
| FM.ValueListIDForValueListName Queries the ID for value list with given name. | 12.0 |
| FM.ValueListNameForValueListID Queries value list name for a value list ID. | 12.0 |
| FM.ValueListNames Queries list of value list names in current file. | 12.0 |
| FM.VariableAdd Adds a value to a given variable atomically. | 8.3 |
| FM.VariableAppend Appends text to a variable. | 9.5 |
| FM.VariableClear Destroys a variable that was declared with FM.VariableSet. | 1.2 |
| FM.VariableClearAll Clears all variables. | 5.2 |
| FM.VariableExists Checks if a variable with that name exists. | 4.0 |
| FM.VariableGet Retrieves the value of named variable that was declared using FM.VariableSet. | 1.2 |
| FM.VariableList Returns list of all variables names and values. | 4.0 |
| FM.VariableLookup Retrieves the value of named variable that was declared using FM.VariableSet. | 12.3 |
| FM.VariableNames Queries list of all variable names. | 8.0 |
| FM.VariableReset Resets the list of variables. | 4.0 |
| FM.VariableSet Stores a named variable that can be retrieved later using FM.VariableGet. | 1.2 |
| Files.AccessDate Queries the access date of the file or folder. | 2.9 |
| Files.AppPath Returns the path to the main executable for this FileMaker solution. | 2.7 |
| Files.CanOpenFile Checks if plugin can read file. | 5.4 |
| Files.CopyFile Copies files and folders without user interface. | 2.8 |
| Files.CopyFiles Copies multiple files in parallel. | 10.0 |
| Files.CreateAlias Creates an alias or link file. | 8.4 |
| Files.CreateBookmark Creates a bookmark from a file path. | 3.1 |
| Files.CreateDirectory Creates a directory. | 2.7 |
| Files.CreateHardLink Creates a new hard link. | 6.3 |
| Files.CreateSymbolicLink Creates a new symbolic link. | 6.3 |
| Files.CreationDate Queries the creation date of the file or folder. | 2.9 |
| Files.Delete Deletes a file directly without moving it to trash. | 3.3 |
| Files.DeleteFolder Deletes a file or folder directly without moving to trash. | 4.2 |
| Files.DeleteLater Deletes file later. | 13.3 |
| Files.DirectoryExists Checks whether a directory exists with the given path. | 2.7 |
| Files.DiskInfo Queries information about a volume. | 5.0 |
| Files.EvictUbiquitousItem Removes local copy of a cloud file. | 13.4 |
| Files.FileDisplayName Queries the display name of the file or folder. | 2.9 |
| Files.FileExists Checks whether a file exists with the given path. | 2.7 |
| Files.FileExtension Queries the file extension of the given path. | 5.2 |
| Files.FileInfo Queries some file information. | 4.3 |
| Files.FileName Queries the file name of the given path. | 2.9 |
| Files.FileNameWithoutExtension Queries file name without extension. | 11.1 |
| Files.FileSize Queries file size. | 2.7 |
| Files.FolderSize Calculate sizes of folder. | 6.2 |
| Files.GetPosixPermissions Queries posix file permissions. | 4.3 |
| Files.IdentifyData Checks file type from the data. | 14.0 |
| Files.IsApplication Checks whether the file path points to an application. | 13.5 |
| Files.IsPackage Checks whether the file path points to a package. | 13.5 |
| Files.IsSystemImmutable Queries the system immutable flag. | 14.2 |
| Files.IsUserImmutable Queries the user immutable flag. | 14.2 |
| Files.ItemExists Checks whether a item exists with the given path. | 2.7 |
| Files.List Queries list of file names in folder. | 2.8 |
| Files.ListAsJSON Queries list of file names in folder as JSON. | 10.5 |
| Files.ListRecursive Queries list of paths in folder. | 4.1 |
| Files.ModificationDate Queries the modification date of the file or folder. | 2.9 |
| Files.MoveFile Moves a file or folder without user interface. | 2.8 |
| Files.MoveToTrash Deletes an item by moving it to trash without user interface. | 2.8 |
| Files.ReadAndWriteFile Reads a file and writes it elsewhere. | 11.1 |
| Files.ReadFile Reads a file with the given path. | 3.5 |
| Files.ReadJPEG Reads a JPEG file from the file system. | 4.3 |
| Files.ReadPDF Reads a PDF file from the file system. | 4.3 |
| Files.ReadPNG Reads a PNG file from the file system. | 4.3 |
| Files.RenameFile Renames a file or folder without user interface. | 2.8 |
| Files.ResolveAlias Resolves an alias file. | 8.4 |
| Files.ResolveBookmark Resolves a bookmark. | 3.1 |
| Files.SetCreationDate Sets the file creation date. | 7.2 |
| Files.SetModificationDate Sets the file modification date. | 7.2 |
| Files.SetPosixPermissions Sets posix file permissions. | 4.3 |
| Files.SetSystemImmutable Sets the system immutable flag. | 14.2 |
| Files.SetUserImmutable Sets the user immutable flag. | 14.2 |
| Files.StandardizePath Standardized a path. | 10.3 |
| Files.StartDownloadingUbiquitousItem Starts download of a cloud hosted file. | 13.4 |
| Files.UbiquitousItemStatus Queres status of a ubiquitous item. | 13.4 |
| Files.WriteFile Writes a file with the given data. | 3.5 |
| Folders.Applications Queries path to applications folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.LocalPreferences Queries path to local preferences folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.SharedDocuments Queries path to shared documents folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.System Queries system folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.SystemTemporary Queries temporary folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.UserDesktop Queries path to user's desktop folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.UserDocuments Queries path to user's document folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.UserDownloads Queries location of user's downloads folder. | 6.2 |
| Folders.UserHome Queries path to user’s home folder. | 7.3 |
| Folders.UserMusic Queries path to user's music folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.UserPictures Queries path to user’s picture folder. | 7.2 |
| Folders.UserPreferences Queries path to user's preferences folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.UserTemporary Queries temporary folder. | 6.2 |
| Folders.UserVideo Queries path to user's video folder. | 4.3 |
| Font.CalculateTextFits Queries how many characters would fit in a space. | 8.4 |
| Font.CalculateTextHeight Calculates height of text. | 8.4 |
| Font.CalculateTextWidth Calculates width of text. | 6.5 |
| FontManager.ImageWithSystemSymbolName Queries SF Symbol font for characters and returns them as image. | 10.5 |
| FontManager.ListFontFamilies Queries a list of font families. | 5.1 |
| GMImage.AdaptiveThreshold Local adaptive threshold image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.AddNoise Add noise to image with specified noise type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.AddNoiseChannel Add noise to image with specified noise type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.AddPathArcAbs Draw a single arc segment. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathArcRel Draw a single arc segment. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathClosePath Closes subpath. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathCurvetoAbs Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathCurvetoRel Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoAbs Draw to a single point. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoHorizontalAbs Draws a horizontal line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (x, cpy). | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoHorizontalRel Draws a horizontal line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (x, cpy). | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoRel Draw to a single point. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoVerticalAbs Draws a vertical line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (cpx, y). | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoVerticalRel Draws a vertical line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (cpx, y). | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathMovetoAbs Simple moveto with absolute coordinate. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathMovetoRel Simple moveto with relative coordinate. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathQuadraticCurvetoAbs Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathQuadraticCurvetoRel Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathSmoothCurvetoAbs Adds a smooth curve to path. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathSmoothCurvetoRel Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathSmoothQuadraticCurvetoAbs Adds smooth quadratic curve to relative point to current path. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathSmoothQuadraticCurvetoRel Adds smooth quadratic curve to relative point to current path. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Affine Applies an affine transformation. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Annotate Annotate image (draw text on image). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.AutoOrient Orient image to be right-side up based on its current orientation attribute. | 9.0 |
| GMImage.AveragePixelValue Calculates the average pixel value. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.BaseColumns Returns the base image width (before transformations). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.BaseFilename Returns the Base image filename (before transformations) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.BaseRows Returns the base image height (before transformations) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Blur Blur image with specified blur factor. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.BlurChannel Blur image with specified blur factor. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Border Border image (add border to image). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.BoundingBox Returns smallest bounding box enclosing non-border pixels. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Channel Extract channel from image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Charcoal Charcoal effect image (looks like charcoal sketch). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Chop Chop image (remove vertical or horizontal subregion of image). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.ClipMask Associate a clip mask with the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.ClipPath Select a drawing clip path matching name. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Coders Lists all coders as JSON. | 8.4 |
| GMImage.Colorize Colorize image with pen color, using specified percent opacity. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.ColorizeRGB Colorize image with pen color, using specified percent opacity for red, green, and blue quantums. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Columns Returns the Image width. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Compare Compares current image with another image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Composite Compose an image onto another at specified offset and using specified algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.CompositeXY Compose an image onto another at specified offset and using specified algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Contrast Contrast image (enhance intensity differences in image). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Copy Creates a copy of the picture. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.CopyChannel Copies one channel from one image into channel of other image. | 7.3 |
| GMImage.Crop Crop image (subregion of original image). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.CycleColormap Cycle image colormap. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Describe Describes an image by printing its attributes. | 13.3 |
| GMImage.Despeckle Despeckle image (reduce speckle noise). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Directory Returns the directory string. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.DrawArc Draws an arc. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.DrawCircle Draws a circle. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.DrawEllipse Draw an ellipse. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.DrawLine Draws a line. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.DrawPath Draw on image using vector path. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.DrawRectangle Draws a rectangle. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.DrawRoundRectangle Draw a rounded rectangle. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.Edge Edge image (hilight edges in image) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Emboss Emboss image (hilight edges with 3D effect). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Enhance Enhance image (minimize noise) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Equalize Equalize image (histogram equalization) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Erase Erase image to current "background color" | 2.0 |
| GMImage.ExifThumbnail Extracts an embedded thumbnail in EXIF data. | 10.1 |
| GMImage.Extent Extends image size. | 9.0 |
| GMImage.FillPattern Sets the pattern to use while filling drawn objects. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FindColorInColumn Locates first pixel in the column with given color. | 5.0 |
| GMImage.FindColorInRow Locates first pixel in the row with given color. | 5.0 |
| GMImage.Flatten Flatten the alpha channel. | 14.2 |
| GMImage.Flip Flip image (reflect each scanline in the vertical direction) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FloodFillColor Flood-fill color across pixels. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FloodFillColorXY Flood-fill color across pixels starting at target-pixel and stopping at pixels matching specified border color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FloodFillOpacity Floodfill pixels matching color (within fuzz factor) of target pixel(x,y) with replacement opacity value using method. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FloodFillTexture Flood-fill texture across pixels. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FloodFillTextureXY Flood-fill texture across pixels. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Flop Flop image (reflect each scanline in the horizontal direction) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FontMap Queries current font map in use. | 10.1 |
| GMImage.FontTypeMetrics Queries space needed for text. | 7.3 |
| GMImage.Format Long image format description. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Frame Frame image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Free Releases the image from memory. | 8.4 |
| GMImage.FreeAll Destroys all images. | 8.4 |
| GMImage.Gamma Gamma correct image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GaussianBlur Gaussian blur image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GaussianBlurChannel Gaussian blur image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Geometry Preferred size of the image when encoding. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetAdjoin Get adjoin value. Join images into a single multi-image file | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetAnimationDelay Queries the animation delay. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetAnimationIterations Queries the Number of iterations to loop an animation (e.g. Netscape loop extension) for. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetAntiAlias Returns whether to Anti-alias Postscript and TrueType fonts (default true) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetAttribute Query a named attribute. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetAttributeNames Queries names of all attributes. | 9.2 |
| GMImage.GetAttributesJSON Queries all attributes as JSON. | 9.2 |
| GMImage.GetBackgroundColor Queries the Image background color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetBackgroundTexture Queries the Name of texture image to tile onto the image background. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetBorderColor Queries the Image border color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetBoxColor Queries the Text bounding-box base color (default none). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetChannelDepth Obtain modulus channel depth | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetClassType Queries the Image class. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetClipMask Queries clip mask image. | 7.3 |
| GMImage.GetColorFuzz Queries the color fuzz. Colors within this distance are considered equal | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetColorMap Queries an entry in the color map. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetColorMapSize Queries the Colormap size (number of colormap entries) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetColorSpace Queries the Image Color Space | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetComment Queries the comment. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetCompose Queries the Composition operator to be used when composition is implicitly used (such as for image flattening). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetCompressType Queries the compression type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetDebug Queries whether printing of debug messages from ImageMagick is enabled. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetDefineSet Queries a define value. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetDefineValue Queries a value. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetDensity Queries the Vertical and horizontal resolution in pixels of the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetDepth Queries the Image depth (bits allocated to red/green/blue components) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetEXIFOrientation Queries orientation from EXIF. | 6.5 |
| GMImage.GetEndian Queries the Endianness (little like Intel or big like SPARC) for image formats which support endian-specific options. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFileName Queries the Image file name. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFileSize Returns the number of bytes of the image on disk | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFillColor Queries the Color to use when filling drawn objects. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFillRule Queries the rule to use when filling drawn objects | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFilterType Queries the Filter to use when resizing image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFont Queries the Text rendering font. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFontFamily Queries font family. | 10.4 |
| GMImage.GetFontPointsize Queries the Font point size. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFontStretch Queries font stretch. | 10.4 |
| GMImage.GetFontStyle Queries font style. | 10.4 |
| GMImage.GetFontWeight Queries font weight. | 10.4 |
| GMImage.GetGamma Gamma level of the image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetGifDisposeMethod Queries the GIF disposal method. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetHeight Returns the image height. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetICCColorProfile Queries the ICC color profile. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetIPTCProfile Queries the IPTC profile. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetIPTCProfileValues Queries list with all IPTC values found. | 6.2 |
| GMImage.GetInterlaceType Queries the interlace type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetIsValid Does object contain valid image? | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetJPEGAsBase64 Returns the picture in JPEG format as a base64 encoded string. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.GetJPEGAsHex Returns the picture in JPEG format as a hex encoded string. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.GetLabel Queries the image label. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetLineWidth Queries the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetMagick Queries the File type magick identifier. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetMatte Queries the image supports transparency (matte channel) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetMatteColor Queries the Transparent color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetModulusDepth Queries the image modulus depth. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetMonochrome Queries the monochrome flag. Transform image to black and white | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetOrientation Queries the image orientation. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetPNGAsBase64 Returns the picture in PNG format as a base64 encoded string. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.GetPNGAsHex Returns the picture in PNG format as a hex encoded string. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.GetPage Queries the Preferred size and location of an image canvas. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetPixelColor Get pixel color at location x & y. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetProfile Retrieve a named profile from the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetQuality Queries the JPEG/MIFF/PNG compression level (default 75). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetQuantizeColorSpace Gets the Colorspace to quantize in. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetQuantizeColors Queries the Maximum number of colors to quantize to. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetQuantizeDither Queries whether to dither image during quantization (default true). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetQuantizeTreeDepth Queries the Quantization tree-depth. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetQuiet Queries quiet setting. | 9.0 |
| GMImage.GetRenderingIntent Queries the type of rendering intent. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetResolutionUnits Queries which units are used for image resolution. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetScene Gets the image scene number | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetSize Queries the Width and height of a raw image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeAntiAlias Whether stroke anti-aliasing is enabled. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeColor Queries the Color to use when drawing object outlines. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeDashArray Queries the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths. | 4.2 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeDashOffset Gets the stroke dash offset. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeLineCap Specify the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeLineJoin Specify the shape to be used at the corners of paths (or other vector shapes) when they are stroked. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeMiterLimit Gets the miter limit. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeWidth Gets the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetSubImage Queries which image of an image sequence is currently used. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetSubRange Gets the Number of images relative to the base image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetTextEncoding Queries the text encoding. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetTileName Queries the Tile name. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetType Image representation type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetVerbose Queries whether to print detailed information about the image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetView Queries the FlashPix viewing parameters. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetWidth Returns the Image width. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetXMP Query XMP data. | 6.3 |
| GMImage.GetZPL Queries image as ZPL hex image. | 10.3 |
| GMImage.Hash Calculates a hash of the image. | 9.4 |
| GMImage.ImageCount Queries number of open images. | 5.0 |
| GMImage.Implode Implode image (special effect). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.InvertChannel Inverts an image. | 8.4 |
| GMImage.IsGray Checks whether all pixels are gray. | 8.3 |
| GMImage.IsLoggingEnabled Checks whether logging is enabled. | 11.1 |
| GMImage.Level Level image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.LevelChannel Level image channel. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.List Lists all IDs of images in memory. | 8.1 |
| GMImage.ListTypeInfo Writes type list file. | 10.4 |
| GMImage.MagickVersion Queries the version text of the GraphicsMagick library. | 10.4 |
| GMImage.Magnify Magnify image by integral size. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Map Remap image colors with closest color from reference image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MatteFloodfill Floodfill designated area with replacement opacity value. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MeanErrorPerPixel The mean error per pixel computed when an image is color reduced. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MedianFilter Filter image by replacing each pixel component with the median color in a circular neighborhood. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Minify Reduce image by integral size. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Modulate Modulate percent hue, saturation, and brightness of an image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MontageGeometry Tile size and offset within an image montage. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MotionBlur Motion blur image with specified blur factor. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MultiplyChannel Multiplies all values in a channel. | 5.0 |
| GMImage.Negate Negate colors in image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.New Construct a blank image canvas of specified size and color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.NewFromBase64 Loads a picture from base64 encoded data. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.NewFromContainer Loads a picture from the given container. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.NewFromFile Loads a picture file. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.NewFromHex Loads a picture from hex encoded data. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.NewImagesFromContainer Loads a picture from the given container. | 5.1 |
| GMImage.NewImagesFromFile Loads a picture file with several files. | 5.1 |
| GMImage.Normalize Normalize image (increase contrast by normalizing the pixel values to span the full range of color values) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.NormalizedMaxError The normalized max error per pixel computed when an image is color reduced. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.NormalizedMeanError The normalized mean error per pixel computed when an image is color reduced. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.OilPaint Oilpaint image (image looks like oil painting) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Opacity Set or attenuate the opacity channel in the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Opaque Change color of opaque pixel to specified pen color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Ping Pings an image to query metadata. | 10.3 |
| GMImage.PingContainer Pings an image to query metadata. | 10.3 |
| GMImage.PopClipPath Pop (terminate) clip path definition started by GMImage.PushClipPath. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.PurgeTemporaryFiles Asks GraphicsMagick to purge all temp files. | 5.0 |
| GMImage.PushClipPath Push (create) clip path definition with new name. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Quantize Quantize image (reduce number of colors). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.QuantumDepth Queries quantum depth of GraphicsMagick. | 8.3 |
| GMImage.Raise Raise image (lighten or darken the edges of an image to give a 3-D raised or lowered effect) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.RandomThreshold Random threshold image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.RandomThresholdChannel Random threshold image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Read Read single image frame into current object. | 8.3 |
| GMImage.ReadContainer Read single image frame into current object. | 10.2 |
| GMImage.ReduceNoise Reduce noise in image using a noise peak elimination filter. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Release Releases the image from memory. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.ReleaseAll Destroys all images. | 7.0 |
| GMImage.Repage Resets the image page canvas and position. | 9.0 |
| GMImage.ReplaceColor Replaces a color with another color value for the whole image. | 4.3 |
| GMImage.Resize Resize image, specifying geometry, filter, and blur. | 9.0 |
| GMImage.Roll Roll image (rolls image vertically and horizontally) by specified number of columnms and rows) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Rollxy Roll image (rolls image vertically and horizontally) by specified number of columnms and rows) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Rotate Rotate image by specified number of degrees. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Rotating Set rotation to use when drawing. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Rows Returns the image height. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Sample Resize image by using pixel sampling algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Scale Resize image by using simple ratio algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Scaling Apply scaling in x and y direction while drawing objects. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Segment Segments the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetAdjoin Set adjoin value. Join images into a single multi-image file | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetAnimationDelay Sets the animation delay. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetAnimationIterations Sets the Number of iterations to loop an animation (e.g. Netscape loop extension) for. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetAntiAlias Sets whether to Anti-alias Postscript and TrueType fonts (default true) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetAttribute Set a named attribute. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetBackgroundColor Sets the Image background color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetBackgroundTexture Sets the Name of texture image to tile onto the image background | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetBorderColor Sets the Image border color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetBoxColor Text bounding-box base color (default none). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetChannelDepth Set modulus channel depth | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetClassType Sets the Image class. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetColorFuzz Sets the color fuzz. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetColorMap Sets an entry in the color map. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetColorMapSize Sets the Colormap size (number of colormap entries) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetColorSpace Sets the Image Color Space. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetComment Sets the image comment. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetCompose Sets the Composition operator to be used when composition is implicitly used (such as for image flattening). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetCompressType Sets the compression type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetDebug Enables printing of debug messages from ImageMagick | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetDefineSet Sets a define value. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetDefineValue Sets a value. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetDensity Sets the Vertical and horizontal resolution in pixels of the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetDepth Sets the Image depth (bits allocated to red/green/blue components) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetEXIFOrientation Sets orientation for EXIF. | 6.5 |
| GMImage.SetEndian Sets the Endianness (little like Intel or big like SPARC) for image formats which support endian-specific options. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFileName Sets the Image file name. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFillColor Sets the Color to use when filling drawn objects. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFillRule Sets the rule to use when filling drawn objects | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFilterType Sets the Filter to use when resizing image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFont Sets the Text rendering font. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFontFamily Set font family to use. | 10.4 |
| GMImage.SetFontPointsize Sets the font point size. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFontStretch Set font stretch. | 10.4 |
| GMImage.SetFontStyle Set font style. | 10.4 |
| GMImage.SetFontWeight Sets font weight. | 10.4 |
| GMImage.SetGifDisposeMethod Sets the GIF disposal method. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetICCColorProfile Sets the ICC color profile. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetIPTCProfile Sets the IPTC profile. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetInterlaceType Sets the interlace type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetIsValid Sets whether the object contain a valid image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetLabel Sets the image label. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetLineWidth Sets the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetLogEventMask Set log event mask. | 11.1 |
| GMImage.SetMagick Sets the File type magick identifier (.e.g "GIF") | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetMatte Sets whether image supports transparency (matte channel) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetMatteColor Sets the Transparent color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetModulusDepth Sets the Image modulus depth. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetMonochrome If set, transform image to black and white. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetOrientation Sets the image orientation. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetPage Sets the Preferred size and location of an image canvas. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetPixelColor set pixel color at location x & y. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetProfile Add or remove a named profile to/from the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetQuality Sets the JPEG/MIFF/PNG compression level (default 75). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetQuantizeColorSpace Sets the Colorspace to quantize in. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetQuantizeColors Sets the Maximum number of colors to quantize to | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetQuantizeDither Sets whether to dither image during quantization (default true). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetQuantizeTreeDepth Sets the Quantization tree-depth. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetQuiet Sets quiet setting. | 9.0 |
| GMImage.SetRenderingIntent Sets the type of rendering intent | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetResolutionUnits Sets which units are used for image resolution. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetScene Sets the image scene number | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetSize Sets the Width and height of a raw image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeAntiAlias Enables/disables stroke anti-aliasing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeColor Sets the Color to use when drawing object outlines. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeDashArray Specify the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths. | 4.2 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeDashOffset Sets the stroke dash offset. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeLineCap Specify the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeLineJoin Specify the shape to be used at the corners of paths (or other vector shapes) when they are stroked. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeMiterLimit Sets the miter limit. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeWidth Sets the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetSubImage Selects which image of an image sequence is currently used. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetSubRange Sets the Number of images relative to the base image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetTextEncoding Sets the Annotation text encoding (e.g. "UTF-16") | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetTileName Sets the Tile name. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetType Sets the Image representation type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetVerbose Sets whether to print detailed information about the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetView Sets the FlashPix viewing parameters. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetXMP Sets the XMP data. | 6.3 |
| GMImage.Shade Shade image using distant light source. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Sharpen Sharpen pixels in image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SharpenChannel Sharpen pixels in image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Shave Shave pixels from image edges. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Shear Shear image (create parallelogram by sliding image by X or Y axis). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Signature Image signature. Set force to 1 in order to re-calculate the signature regardless of whether the image data has been modified. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SkewX Apply Skew in X direction. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.SkewY Apply Skew in Y direction. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Solarize Solarize image (similar to effect seen when exposing a photographic film to light during the development process). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Spread Spread pixels randomly within image by specified ammount. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Statistics Calculate statistics for an image. | 14.1 |
| GMImage.Stegano Add a digital watermark to the image (based on second image) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Stereo Create an image which appears in stereo when viewed with red-blue glasses (Red image on left, blue on right) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Strip Remove all profiles and text attributes from the image. | 3.5 |
| GMImage.StrokePattern Sets the pattern image to use while stroking object outlines. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Swirl Swirl image (image pixels are rotated by degrees). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Texture Channel a texture on image background. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Threshold Threshold image channels (below threshold becomes black, above threshold becomes white). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TotalColors Number of colors in the image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Transform Transform image based on image and crop geometries. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformOrigin Origin of coordinate system to use when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformReset Reset transformation parameters to default. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformRotation Rotation to use when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformScale Scale to use when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformSkewX Skew to use in X axis when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformSkewY Skew to use in Y axis when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Translation Apply coordinate translation. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Transparent Add matte image to image, setting pixels matching color to transparent | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Trim Trim edges that are the background color from the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Unsharpmask Replace image with a sharpened version of the original image using the unsharp mask algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.UnsharpmaskChannel Replace image with a sharpened version of the original image using the unsharp mask algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Wave Map image pixels to a sine wave: | 2.0 |
| GMImage.WriteImages Writes several images to disk. | 3.4 |
| GMImage.WriteToBMPContainer Writes the picture in BMP format to a container object which you can store in a container field. | 2.4 |
| GMImage.WriteToContainer Writes images as is into a container. | 9.3 |
| GMImage.WriteToFile Write single image frame to a file. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.WriteToGIFContainer Writes the picture in GIF format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 2.4 |
| GMImage.WriteToJPEGContainer Writes the picture in JPEG format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.WriteToPDFContainer Writes the picture in PDF format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 7.4 |
| GMImage.WriteToPNGContainer Writes the picture in PNG format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.WriteToTiffContainer Writes the picture in TIFF format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 4.4 |
| GMImage.WriteToWebPContainer Writes the picture in WebP format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 13.2 |
| GMImage.XResolution Returns the x resolution of the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.YResolution Returns the y resolution of the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Zoom Zoom image to specified size. | 2.0 |
| GZipFile.Compress Compresses a file. | 4.2 |
| GZipFile.Decompress Decompresses a file. | 4.2 |
| GameKit.Achievement.Completed Queries completed state. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Achievement.GetPercentComplete Queries percent complete. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Achievement.GetShowsCompletionBanner Queries whether to show completion banner. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Achievement.LastReportedDate Queries last reported time. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Achievement.New Initializes a new achievement object for the local player. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Achievement.Player Queries player identifier for the related player. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Achievement.SetPercentComplete Sets percent complete. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Achievement.SetShowsCompletionBanner Sets whether to show completion banner. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.AchievedDescription Queres description text. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.GroupIdentifier Queries group identifier. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.Hidden Queries hidden flag. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.Image Loads the image property for a completed achievement. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.IncompleteAchievementImage Queries a common image for incomplete achievements. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.MaximumPoints Queries maximum points. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.PlaceholderCompletedAchievementImage Returns a common image for completed achievements. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.Replayable Queries whether achievement is replay-able. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.Title Queries localized title for the achievement. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.UnachievedDescription Queries description text. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.AnonymousGuestPlayer Creates a new guest player with the designated identifier. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Challenge.Achievement Queries achievement to complete. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Challenge.CompletionDate The date the challenge was completed. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Challenge.Decline Declines a challenge. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Challenge.IssueDate The date the challenge was issued. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Challenge.IssuingPlayer Queries issuing player. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Challenge.Message A text message that describes the challenge. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Challenge.ReceivingPlayer Queries receiving player. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Challenge.Score Returns the score to beat. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Challenge.State The current state of the challenge. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.DefaultLeaderboardIdentifier Loads the category identifier for the local player’s default leaderboard. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.Dismiss Dismisses the dialog. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.GetLeaderboardIdentifier Queries leaderboard. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.GetLeaderboardTimeScope Queries time scope. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.GetViewState Queries view state. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.Initialize Initializes Game Center view. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.Present Presents the dialog. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.SetLeaderboardIdentifier Sets leaderboard. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.SetLeaderboardTimeScope Sets time scope. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.SetScriptTrigger Sets script trigger to call when dialog finishes. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.SetViewState Sets the view state. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.ShowBannerWithTitle Displays a banner to the player. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Initialize Initialized GameKit. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.GetPlayerScope Queries the player scope. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.GetRange Queries the numerical score rankings to return from the search. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.GetTimeScope Queries time scope. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.GroupIdentifier Queries the identifier for the group the leaderboard is part of. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.Image Queries the image associated with the default leaderboard. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.LoadScores Retrieves a set of scores from Game Center. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.Loading Queries whether this leaderboard is loading. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.LocalPlayerScore Queries the score earned by the local player. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.MaxRange Queries the size of the leaderboard. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.New Creates new leaderboard. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.Scores Returns list of score identifiers. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.SetPlayerScope Sets the player scope. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.SetRange Sets the numerical score rankings to return from the search. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.SetTimeScope Sets time scope. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.Title Queries the localized title for the leaderboard. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LeaderboardSet.GroupIdentifier Queries identifies the group that the leaderboard set belongs to. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LeaderboardSet.Image Load the image associated with the leaderboard set. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LeaderboardSet.Title Queries localized title for the leaderboard set. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LoadAchievementDescriptions Downloads the achievement descriptions from Game Center. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LoadAchievements Loads achievements. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LoadLeaderboardSets Load all of the leaderboard sets for the current game. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LoadLeaderboards Loads the list of leaderboards from Game Center. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LoadPlayers Loads information from Game Center about a list of players. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LoadReceivedChallenges Loads the list of outstanding challenges. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LocalPlayer Retrieves the shared instance of the local player. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LocalPlayer.Authenticate Authenticates the local user. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LocalPlayer.AuthenticateError Queries authenticate error. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LocalPlayer.ClearAuthenticateHandler Clears authenticate handler. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LocalPlayer.isAuthenticated Checks whether local player is authenticated. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.LocalPlayer.isUnderage Queries underage status. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Player.Alias Queries alias name. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Player.DisplayName Queries name to display. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Player.GuestIdentifier Queries identifier for guest player. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Player.Photo Loads a photo of this player from Game Center. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.RecentPlayers Returns an array of players the local player recently played with. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.ReportAchievements Reports progress on an array of achievements. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.ReportAchievementsWithEligibleChallenges Reports progress on an array of achievements. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.ReportScores Reports a list of scores to Game Center. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.ReportScoresWithEligibleChallenges Submit a list of scores and all eligible challenges. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.ResetAchievements Resets all achievement progress for the local player. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.Date The date and time when the score was earned. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.FormattedValue Returns the player’s score as a localized string. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.GetContext Queries context. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.GetShouldSetDefaultLeaderboard Queries whether this score should update default leaderboard. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.GetValue Queries score value. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.LeaderboardIdentifier Queries the identifier for the leaderboard. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.New Creates a new score object. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.Player Queries the player identifier for the player that earned the score. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.Rank Queries position of the score in the results of a leaderboard search. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.SetContext Sets context value. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.SetShouldSetDefaultLeaderboard Set whether this score should update default leaderboard. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.Score.SetValue Sets score value. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.SelectChallengeablePlayers Finds the subset of players that can earn an achievement. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.SetDefaultLeaderboardIdentifier Sets the default leaderboard for the current game. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.SetPlayerDidChangeScriptTrigger Sets the player change script trigger. | 8.5 |
| GameKit.ShowChallengeComposeDialog Shows challenge compose dialog. | 8.5 |
| HadErrors Queries error counter. | 12.2 |
| Hash.CRC32 Calculates 32bit CRC value. | 8.3 |
| Hash.Digest Calculates a hash of a value. | 4.1 |
| Hash.DigestFile Calculates a hash of a file. | 9.2 |
| Hash.MD5 Calculated MD5 hash of given text. | 2.7 |
| Hash.MD5.HMAC Returns the a MD5 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | 4.0 |
| Hash.PBKDF2.HMAC Returns the PBKDF2 hash value of the data, first applying the salt value and using the specified hashAlgorithm. | 3.3 |
| Hash.RandomHexString Creates a random hex string. | 3.3 |
| Hash.RandomString Creates a random string. | 3.1 |
| Hash.SHA1 Calculated SHA-1 hash of given text. | 3.1 |
| Hash.SHA1.HMAC Returns the a SHA1 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | 3.1 |
| Hash.SHA256 Calculated SHA-256 hash of given text. | 3.1 |
| Hash.SHA256.HMAC Returns the a SHA256 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | 3.1 |
| Hash.SHA512 Calculated SHA-512 hash of given text. | 2.7 |
| Hash.SHA512.HMAC Returns the a SHA512 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | 4.0 |
| HealthKit.AuthorizationStatusForType Queries authentication status for a type. | 8.2 |
| HealthKit.BiologicalSex Queries the user's biological sex. | 8.2 |
| HealthKit.BloodType Queries blood type. | 8.2 |
| HealthKit.DateOfBirth Queries date of birth for user. | 8.2 |
| HealthKit.DateOfBirthComponents Queries date of birth for user in components. | 8.2 |
| HealthKit.FitzpatrickSkinType Queries skin type. | 8.2 |
| HealthKit.RequestAuthorizationToShareTypes Requests authorization from the user. | 8.2 |
| HealthKit.SampleQuery Queries sample data from the database. | 8.2 |
| HealthKit.WheelchairUse Queries wheelchair value. | 8.2 |
| HealthKit.isHealthDataAvailable Checks whether health data is available. | 8.2 |
| IBAN.CalcCheckSum Calculates the checksum. | 11.1 |
| IBAN.Compact Formats the IBAN for compact view. | 11.1 |
| IBAN.Countries Queries list of country codes. | 11.1 |
| IBAN.Example Queries example IBAN for country. | 11.1 |
| IBAN.Format Formats the IBAN for printing. | 11.1 |
| IBAN.IsValid Checks whether an IBAN is valid. | 11.1 |
| IBAN.RegEx Queries regular expression for country. | 11.1 |
| ImagePicker.AvailableCaptureModesForCameraDevice Queries list of available modes. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.AvailableMediaTypesForSourceType Returns an array of the available media types for the specified source type. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.ClearMedia Clears current media. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.ClearOverlay Clears an overlay image. | 8.3 |
| ImagePicker.Dismiss Dismisses the dialog. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.GetAllowsEditing Gets whether editing is allowed. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.GetCameraCaptureMode Queries the capture mode. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.GetCameraDevice Queries camera device. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.GetCameraFlashMode Queries flash mode. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.GetEvaluate Queries the evaluation to run when email composer is done. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.GetFileName Queries the file name of the script to run when email composer is done. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.GetScriptName Queries the script name of the script to run when email composer is done. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.GetShowsCameraControls Queries camera controls visibility. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.GetSourceType Gets the source type. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.GetVideoMaximumDuration Queries maximum duration. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.HasMedia Queries whether media exists. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.IsCameraDeviceAvailable Checks camera availability. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.IsFlashAvailableForCameraDevice Checks flash availability. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.IsPresented Checks whether panel is displayed. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.IsSourceTypeAvailable Check for source availability. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.MediaCropRect Queries crop rectangle. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.MediaEditedImage Queries the edited image. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.MediaIsImage Queries whether media type is image. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.MediaIsVideo Queries whether media type is video. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.MediaMetadata Queries image metadata as JSON. | 10.2 |
| ImagePicker.MediaOriginalImage Queries the original image. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.MediaPath Queries path for media. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.MediaReferenceURL Queries reference URL for media. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.MediaType Queries media type. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.MediaTypes Queries media types. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.MediaURL Queries URL for media. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.New Initializes the picker panel. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.Present Presents the picker view. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.SetAllowsEditing Sets whether editing is allowed. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.SetCameraCaptureMode Sets the capture mode. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.SetCameraDevice Sets camera device. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.SetCameraFlashMode Sets flash mode. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.SetEvaluate Sets the expression to call when composer is done. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.SetMediaTypes Sets the list of media types to access. | 13.2 |
| ImagePicker.SetOverlayImage Installs an overlay image to the picker. | 8.3 |
| ImagePicker.SetScript Sets the script to call when picker is done. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.SetShowsCameraControls Sets camera controls visibility. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.SetSourceType Sets the source type. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.SetVideoMaximumDuration Sets maximum duration. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.StartVideoCapture Starts video capture. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.StopVideoCapture Stops video capture. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.TakePicture Captures a still image using the camera. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.VideoIsCompatibleWithSavedPhotosAlbum Checks video. | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.WriteImageToSavedPhotosAlbum Adds a photo to the saved photos album (camera roll). | 7.3 |
| ImagePicker.WriteVideoToSavedPhotosAlbum Adds a video to the saved photos album. | 7.3 |
| ImageView.Clear Clears image. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.CreateWithControl Creates a new image view on the given window covering the area of the given control. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.CreateWithSize Creates a new image view inside the window with the given rectangle. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.CreateWithWindow Creates a new image view which covers the whole window. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetHeight Queries current height of image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetLeft Queries current position of the image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetTag Queries the tag string for this image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetTop Queries current position of the drop area. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetVisible Queries current visibility state. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetWidth Queries current width of the image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.List Lists all IDs of image view objects. | 13.0 |
| ImageView.Release Releases the image view and reclaims memory. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.ReleaseAll A convenience method to release all image views. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.SetFrame Sets a new frame for the image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.SetFrameWithControl Repositions image view to given control. | 9.0 |
| ImageView.SetImage Sets the image to be shown in the image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.SetTag Sets the tag string for this image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.SetVisible Hides or shows the image view. | 7.4 |
| Is64bit Checks if platform is 64bit or 32bit. | 5.0 |
| IsClient Checks if plugin is running on a client. | 4.3 |
| IsError Checks whether last plugin function returned error. | 3.4 |
| IsIOS Whether we run on iOS. | 6.1 |
| IsIOSDevice Queries whether run on iOS device. | 8.0 |
| IsIOSSimulator Queries whether run on iOS simulator. | 8.0 |
| IsLinux Whether we run on Linux. | 6.1 |
| IsMacOS Whether we run on Mac. | 6.1 |
| IsMobile Whether plugin runs on a mobile target. | 7.2 |
| IsRegistered Queries if plugin is registered with Complete key. | 3.0 |
| IsRuntime Checks if plugin is running on a runtime. | 4.3 |
| IsServer Checks if plugin is running on a server. | 4.3 |
| IsWindows Whether we run on Windows. | 6.1 |
| JS.AddFileMakerEvaluateFunction Adds an Evaluate function. | 10.0 |
| JS.AddFileMakerRunScriptFunction Adds a function to start scripts from JavaScript. | 10.0 |
| JS.AddFileMakerSQLFunction Defines a SQL Evaluate function for JavaScript. | 10.0 |
| JS.AddFunction Adds a global function defined as a text string. | 10.0 |
| JS.CF Calls a global function given the name with FileMaker values. | 11.3 |
| JS.CallFunction Calls a global function given the name with JSON data. | 10.0 |
| JS.CallFunctionValues Calls a global function given the name with FileMaker values. | 11.3 |
| JS.Evaluate Evaluates a JavaScript expression. | 10.0 |
| JS.EvaluateToString Evaluates a JavaScript expression. | 10.0 |
| JS.GetGlobalProperty Queries global property. | 10.0 |
| JS.GetGlobalPropertyValue Queries global property. | 10.0 |
| JS.InitModules Installs Duktape module loading. | 11.2 |
| JS.List Lists all JavaScript object references. | 11.3 |
| JS.New Creates a new JavaScript engine instance. | 10.0 |
| JS.Now Queries current time as double value. | 10.1 |
| JS.ObjectCount Queries global object counter. | 10.1 |
| JS.Release Frees the JavaScript engine. | 10.0 |
| JS.ReleaseAll Release all JavaScript environments. | 10.5 |
| JS.SetGlobalProperty Sets a global property. | 10.0 |
| JS.SetGlobalPropertyValue Sets a global property. | 10.0 |
| JS.StringCount Queries global string counter. | 10.1 |
| JS.TimeToDateComponents Converts time to date components. | 10.1 |
| JS.TimeToUTCDate Converts time value to timestamp. | 10.1 |
| JS.UTCDateToTime Converts date to time value. | 10.1 |
| JSON.AddArrayToArray Adds an array to an existing array. | 10.2 |
| JSON.AddBooleanToObject Adds a boolean value to an array. | 6.0 |
| JSON.AddFalseToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and a boolean false value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddItemToArray Adds an item to an array. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddItemToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddNullToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and a null value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddNumberToArray Adds a number to an array. | 4.3 |
| JSON.AddNumberToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddStringToArray Adds a string to an array. | 4.3 |
| JSON.AddStringToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddTrueToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and a boolean true value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddValueToArray Adds a value to an array. | 14.1 |
| JSON.AddValueToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value. | 14.1 |
| JSON.Clone Creates a clone of the json. | 6.1 |
| JSON.Colorize Formats a JSON string with color. | 8.2 |
| JSON.Compact Returns compact unformatted JSON for the given JSON text. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateArray Creates new array. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateArrayRef Creates empty array reference. | 6.0 |
| JSON.CreateBool Creates boolean JSON node. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateBoolean Creates a boolean node with given value. | 6.0 |
| JSON.CreateDoubleArray Creates a new JSON with a double array with given values. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateFalse Creates a boolean node with false value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateIntegerArray Creates a new JSON with an integer array with given values. | 4.3 |
| JSON.CreateNull Creates a new NULL entry. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateNumber Creates a new JSON encoded number. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateObject Creates a new empty object node. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateObjectRef Creates empty object reference. | 6.0 |
| JSON.CreateString Creates a string node with given text. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateStringArray Creates a new JSON with a string array with given values. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateStringArrayWithList Creates a new JSON with a string array with given values. | 4.1 |
| JSON.CreateTrue Creates a boolean node with true value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateValue Creates a new value. | 9.0 |
| JSON.CurrentMatch Queries JSON for current match in JSON.ReplaceEvaluate function. | 14.2 |
| JSON.CurrentMatchPath Queries JSON for current match path in JSON.ReplaceEvaluate function. | 14.2 |
| JSON.DeleteItemFromArray Deletes an item from an array. | 2.7 |
| JSON.DeleteItemFromObject Deletes item from an object. | 2.7 |
| JSON.DeleteRecord New in 14.4 Deletes an existing record in a table in one line using JSON. | 14.4 |
| JSON.DeleteRecords New in 14.4 Deletes existing records in a table in one line using JSON. | 14.4 |
| JSON.EqualContent Checks if two JSON are equal in content. | 10.0 |
| JSON.Equals Checks if two JSON are equal. | 9.0 |
| JSON.FilterObjectArray Filters JSON object array to find matching entries. | 13.3 |
| JSON.FindValueInArray Queries index of value in array. | 9.0 |
| JSON.FindValueInObjectArray Queries index of value in object array. | 9.0 |
| JSON.Flatten Flattens a json object or array to a single depth object of key-value pairs. | 13.5 |
| JSON.Format Returns pretty printed JSON for the given JSON text. | 4.4 |
| JSON.GetArrayItem Queries entry from array with given index. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetArrayItems Queries entries from JSON array. | 10.4 |
| JSON.GetArrayItemsAsList Queries a list of all array entries. | 4.2 |
| JSON.GetArrayItemsAsQuickList Queries array values as QuickList. | 13.3 |
| JSON.GetArrayPathItems Queries value from JSON path in array of objects. | 7.1 |
| JSON.GetArraySize Queries the number of array entries. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetBooleanValue Queries boolean value for JSON. | 10.3 |
| JSON.GetDoubleValue Queries a floating point value of the JSON node. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetIntegerValue Queries integer value of the JSON node. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetObjectItem Queries named item from an object. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetObjectItemTree Queries named item from an object tree. | 3.2 |
| JSON.GetObjectItemTreeRef Queries named item from an object tree. | 6.0 |
| JSON.GetObjectName Queries name of item in an object. | 4.0 |
| JSON.GetObjectNameList Queries names of items in an object. | 4.0 |
| JSON.GetObjectSize Queries the number of object items. | 4.0 |
| JSON.GetPathItem Queries value from JSON path. | 6.1 |
| JSON.GetStringValue Queries string value of the JSON node. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetType Queries type of json object. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetValue Queries the value of the json. | 6.1 |
| JSON.Import Imports JSON and creates tables, fields and records. | 5.4 |
| JSON.Import.Cancel Cancels current import. | 5.4 |
| JSON.Import.ErrorCount Queries error counter. | 9.3 |
| JSON.Import.Errors Queries list of error messages. | 9.3 |
| JSON.Import.SetBaseFields Sets the names of the base fields per record. | 14.2 |
| JSON.Import.SetExtraField Sets the extra field to add to all tables. | 14.2 |
| JSON.Import.Status Queries status of xml import. | 5.4 |
| JSON.Import.Todo Queries how many items are to be done for XML import. | 5.4 |
| JSON.Import.Total Queries total items to be imported. | 5.4 |
| JSON.Import.Work Performs import. | 5.4 |
| JSON.InsertOrUpdateRecord New in 14.4 Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line using JSON. | 14.4 |
| JSON.InsertRecord New in 14.4 Inserts a new record in a table in one line using JSON. | 14.4 |
| JSON.IsValid Checks if JSON text is valid. | 6.3 |
| JSON.JSONPatch.ApplyPatch Applies a patch to a json document. | 14.0 |
| JSON.JSONPatch.FromDiff Create a JSON Patch from a diff of two json documents. | 14.0 |
| JSON.List Lists all IDs of current JSON objects. | 12.5 |
| JSON.Merge Merges multiple JSON objects or arrays. | 14.2 |
| JSON.MergePatch.ApplyPatch Applies a merge patch to a json document. | 14.0 |
| JSON.MergePatch.FromDiff Create a JSON Merge Patch from a diff of two json documents. | 14.0 |
| JSON.Parse Parses JSON text and return reference number. | 6.0 |
| JSON.Query Performs a JSON Path query. | 13.5 |
| JSON.Release Frees a json reference number. | 6.0 |
| JSON.ReleaseAll Releases all JSON objects. | 6.0 |
| JSON.Replace Searches for all values that match the JSONPath expression and replaces them with the specified value. | 13.5 |
| JSON.ReplaceEvaluate Searches for all values that match the JSONPath expression and replaces them with the result of the evaluation. | 14.2 |
| JSON.ReplaceItemInArray Replaces an item in an array with new item. | 4.3 |
| JSON.ReplaceItemInObject Replaces an item in an object with new item. | 4.3 |
| JSON.Search Performs a JMESPath query. | 13.5 |
| JSON.SetPathItem Sets a value in a JSON hierarchy. | 6.1 |
| JSON.Sort Sorts the JSON array/object. | 9.3 |
| JSON.SortWithEvaluate Sorts the JSON array/object using an expression to evaluate. | 10.2 |
| JSON.Text Queries JSON as text. | 13.0 |
| JSON.ToHTML Converts JSON to HTML. | 8.2 |
| JSON.ToXML Converts JSON to XML. | 10.3 |
| JSON.Unflatten Unflattens that object back to the original json. | 13.5 |
| JSON.UpdateRecord New in 14.4 Update an existing record in a table in one line using JSON. | 14.4 |
| JSON.UpdateRecords New in 14.4 Updates existing records in a table in one line using JSON. | 14.4 |
| JavaScript.Available Checks whether the JavaScriptCore library is loaded. | 13.1 |
| JavaScript.CF Calls a global function given the name with FileMaker values. | 12.2 |
| JavaScript.CallFunction Calls a global function given the name with FileMaker values. | 12.2 |
| JavaScript.CheckScriptSyntax Checks script syntax. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.EvaluateScript Evaluate a string of JavaScript code. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.GetProperty Queries property value as text. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.GetPropertyJSON Queries property value as JSON. | 12.2 |
| JavaScript.HasProperty Checks if a property is defined. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.List Lists all IDs of javascript environment objects. | 13.0 |
| JavaScript.LoadLibrary Loads the JavaScriptCore library. | 13.1 |
| JavaScript.New Creates a new javascript context. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.RegisterEvaluateFunction Registers evaluate function. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.RegisterFunction Registers a javascript function. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.RegisterRunScriptFunction Registers a run script function. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.RegisterSQLQueryFunction Registers a SQLQuery function. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.Release Releases a javascript context. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.ReleaseAll Release all JavaScript environments. | 10.5 |
| JavaScript.SetProperty Sets property value. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.SetPropertyJSON Sets property value using JSON. | 12.2 |
| Keychain.AddPassword Adds a password to keychain. | 8.4 |
| Keychain.DeletePassword Delete password from keychain. | 8.4 |
| Keychain.ListAccounts Lists the accounts for a database. | 8.4 |
| Keychain.ListDatabases Lists databases in keychain. | 8.4 |
| Keychain.UpdatePassword Updates password in keychain. | 8.4 |
| LCMS.ProfileInfo Queries profile information for an ICC Profile. | 4.0 |
| List.AddPostfix Adds a postfix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| List.AddPrefix Adds a prefix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| List.AddValue Adds a value to the list. | 7.1 |
| List.And Returns a list with values which are contained in both lists. | 4.4 |
| List.AndColumn Returns a list with values which are contained in both lists. | 10.0 |
| List.BestMatch Looks for best match of a text in a list of texts. | 5.0 |
| List.CSVSplit Splits CSV text. | 7.4 |
| List.CountValues Counts values in list. | 8.1 |
| List.CountValuesMatching Count matching entries in list. | 10.2 |
| List.CrossProduct Creates the cross product from two lists. | 6.1 |
| List.DeCombine Picks elements from each line in a list. | 6.3 |
| List.Deserialize Restores a serialized list. | 5.2 |
| List.Find Finds an entry in the list. | 11.1 |
| List.FindDuplicateItems Finds duplicate items in the list. | 10.5 |
| List.FindEquals Finds equal items in both lists. | 4.2 |
| List.FindUnequals Finds unequal items in both lists. | 4.2 |
| List.GetColumn Queries a column from each line in a list. | 11.3 |
| List.GetValue Queries a value in the list. | 7.1 |
| List.HasDuplicateItems Checks if list has duplicates. | 7.5 |
| List.HasValue Checks whether a list contains a given value. | 6.4 |
| List.IndexOfFirstValueMatching Finds index of first value matching value. | 10.2 |
| List.InsertValue Inserts a value to a list. | 7.1 |
| List.MapEntries Maps selection of keys from a key list to value list. | 11.3 |
| List.MatchesPostfix Finds list entries which have a given postfix text. | 5.4 |
| List.MatchesPrefix Finds list entries which have a given prefix text. | 5.4 |
| List.MatchesSubString Finds list entries which contains a given text. | 12.4 |
| List.Not Returns values of first list which are not in second list. | 4.4 |
| List.NotColumn Returns values of first list which are not in second list. | 10.0 |
| List.Or Returns values of both lists. | 4.4 |
| List.OrColumn Returns values of both lists. | 10.0 |
| List.RegExMatch Matches a list against a pattern. | 4.4 |
| List.Remove Removes the value with the given index in the list. | 7.1 |
| List.RemoveDuplicateItems Removes duplicate items in the list. | 4.2 |
| List.RemoveEmptyItems Removes empty items in the list. | 4.2 |
| List.RemovePostfix Removes a postfix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| List.RemovePrefix Removes a prefix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| List.RemoveValue Removes a value from a list. | 7.1 |
| List.Reverse Reverses the order of items in the list. | 4.4 |
| List.Serialize Serialized a list as a text. | 5.2 |
| List.SetValue Sets a value in the list. | 7.1 |
| List.Shuffle Shuffles the items in the list. | 14.0 |
| List.Sort Sorts the list. | 4.2 |
| List.SortWithEvaluate Sorts a list with using an expression to evaluate. | 10.2 |
| List.SubList Returns a part of the list. | 7.5 |
| List.Trim Trims all texts in the list. | 7.5 |
| List.ValueIndex Finds the index for a given value. | 5.4 |
| List.XOr Returns list with values found in either first or second list, but not in both. | 4.4 |
| List.XOrColumn Returns list with values found in either first or second list, but not in both. | 10.0 |
| Log Writes the given values to the debug console. | 2.2 |
| MailComposer.AddAttachmentContainer Adds an attachment to the email based on a container field. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.AddAttachmentFile Adds an attachment to the email based on a file path. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.AddAttachmentText Adds an attachment to the email based on a text. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.CanSendMail Whether emails can be send. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.Dismiss Dismisses the dialog. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.Error The last error from sending email. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.GetBCCRecipients Queries BCC recipients. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.GetCCRecipients Queries CC recipients. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.GetEvaluate Queries the evaluation to run when email composer is done. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.GetFileName Queries the file name of the script to run when email composer is done. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.GetMessageBody Queries message text. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.GetScriptName Queries the script name of the script to run when email composer is done. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.GetSubject Queries subject text. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.GetTORecipients Queries TO recipients. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.IsPresented Checks whether panel is displayed. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.New Initializes the mail composer panel. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.Present Presents the email composer view. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.Result Queries result of email composer. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.SetBCCRecipients Sets the BCC header for the email message to the specified email addresses. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.SetCCRecipients Sets the CC header for the email message to the specified email addresses. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.SetEvaluate Sets the expression to call when composer is done. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.SetMessageBody Sets the body of the email message to the specified content. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.SetScript Sets the script to call when composer is done. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.SetSubject Sets the Subject header for the email message. | 7.3 |
| MailComposer.SetTORecipients Sets the To header for the email message to the specified email addresses. | 7.3 |
| MapView.AddCircle Adds a circle overlay. | 9.4 |
| MapView.AddPoint Adds a point or pin to the map. | 9.4 |
| MapView.AddPolygon Adds a polygon to the map. | 9.4 |
| MapView.AddPolyline Adds a poly line to the map. | 9.4 |
| MapView.Annotations Queries list of annotations. | 9.4 |
| MapView.CoordinateForPoint Queries coordinate for a point. | 11.5 |
| MapView.CreateWithControl Creates a new map view on the given window covering the area of the given control. | 9.0 |
| MapView.CreateWithSize Creates a new map view inside the window with the given rectangle. | 9.0 |
| MapView.FormatDistance Formats a distance. | 9.2 |
| MapView.GetAnnotationCoordinate Queries the coordinate for the annotation (or overlay). | 9.4 |
| MapView.GetAnnotationDragImage Queries drag image used for an annotation. | 9.5 |
| MapView.GetAnnotationImage Queries current image used for an annotation. | 9.5 |
| MapView.GetAnnotationSelectedImage Queries selected image used for an annotation. | 9.5 |
| MapView.GetAutoResizingMask Queries auto resizing mask. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetCenterCoordinateLatitude Queries latitude of coordinate. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetCenterCoordinateLongitude Queries latitude of coordinate. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetHeight Queries current height of image view. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetLeft Queries current position of the image view. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetMapType Queries map types. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetOverlayFillColor Queries fill color for an overlay. | 9.5 |
| MapView.GetOverlayLineWidth Queries line width for an overlay. | 9.5 |
| MapView.GetOverlayPoints Queries overlay points. | 9.5 |
| MapView.GetOverlayStrokeColor Queries stroke color for an overlay. | 9.5 |
| MapView.GetPitchEnabled Queries pitch enabled state. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetRegion Queries current region visible. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetRegionLatitude Queries latitude of current region. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetRegionLatitudeSpan Queries latitude delta of current region. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetRegionLongitude Queries longitude of current region. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetRegionLongitudeSpan Queries longitude delta of current region. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetRotateEnabled Queries rotate enabled state. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetScrollEnabled Queries scroll enabled state. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetShowsBuildings Queries building state. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetShowsCompass Queries compass state. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetShowsPointsOfInterest Queries whether points of interest show. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetShowsScale Queries scale state. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetShowsTraffic Queries traffic visible state. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetShowsUserLocation Queries whether to show user location. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetTag Queries the tag string for this image view. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetTop Queries current position of the drop area. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetVisible Queries current visibility state. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetVisibleMapRect Queries area currently displayed by the map view. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetWidth Queries current width of the map view. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetZoomEnabled Queries zoom allowed state. | 9.0 |
| MapView.GetZoomLevel Queries current zoom level. | 9.5 |
| MapView.IsUserLocationVisible Whether the device’s current location is visible in the map view. | 9.0 |
| MapView.List Lists all IDs of map view objects. | 13.0 |
| MapView.Overlays Queries list of overlays. | 9.4 |
| MapView.ParseDistance Parses distance string. | 9.2 |
| MapView.PlanRoute Plans a route. | 9.2 |
| MapView.PointForCoordinate Queries point for a coordinate. | 11.5 |
| MapView.Release Releases the map view and reclaims memory. | 9.0 |
| MapView.ReleaseAll A convenience method to release all map views. | 9.0 |
| MapView.RemoveAnnotation Removes an annotation from the map view. | 9.4 |
| MapView.RemoveAnnotations Removes all annotations. | 9.1 |
| MapView.RemoveOverlay Removes an overlay from the map view. | 9.4 |
| MapView.RemoveOverlays Removes all overlays. | 9.1 |
| MapView.Screenshot Renders screenshot of the map view. | 9.3 |
| MapView.SelectedAnnotations Queries list of selected annotations. | 9.5 |
| MapView.SetAnnotationCoordinate Sets the coordinate for the annotation (or overlay). | 9.4 |
| MapView.SetAnnotationDragImage Sets new drag image for annotation. | 9.5 |
| MapView.SetAnnotationImage Sets new image for annotation. | 9.5 |
| MapView.SetAnnotationSelectedImage Sets new selected image for annotation. | 9.5 |
| MapView.SetAutoResizingMask Sets the auto resizing mask. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetColor Sets color of a Pin. | 9.4 |
| MapView.SetCoordinate Sets center coordinate of the map. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetFrame Sets a new frame for the map view. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetFrameWithControl Repositions map view to given control. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetMapType Sets the map type. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetOverlayFillColor Sets fill color for an overlay. | 9.5 |
| MapView.SetOverlayLineWidth Sets the line width to use to draw it. | 9.5 |
| MapView.SetOverlayPoints Sets new overlay points. | 9.5 |
| MapView.SetOverlayStrokeColor Sets stroke color for an overlay. | 9.5 |
| MapView.SetPitchEnabled Enables or disables pitch. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetRegion Sets the current region. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetRotateEnabled Enables or disables rotation. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetScript Sets script trigger. | 9.3 |
| MapView.SetScrollEnabled Enables or disables scrolling. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetShowsBuildings Shows or hides buildings. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetShowsCompass Shows or hides compass. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetShowsPointsOfInterest Shows or hides points of interest. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetShowsScale Sets whether to show scale. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetShowsTraffic Enables or disables traffic. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetShowsUserLocation Sets whether to show user location. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetTag Sets the tag string for this map view. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetVisible Hides or shows the map view. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetVisibleMapRect Sets visible map rectangle. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetZoomEnabled Enables or disables zoom. | 9.0 |
| MapView.SetZoomLevel Sets zoom level. | 9.5 |
| MapView.ShowAddress Shows an address. | 9.0 |
| MapView.ShowAllAnnotations Zooms map to show all annotations. | 9.1 |
| MapView.Snapshot Creates a map snapshot. | 9.0 |
| MarkDown.CSS Queries CSS for the markdown. | 5.1 |
| MarkDown.Create Creates a new MarkDown convert object with given markdown code. | 5.1 |
| MarkDown.HTML Queries html for the markdown. | 5.1 |
| MarkDown.List Lists all IDs of markdown objects. | 13.0 |
| MarkDown.Release Releases the mark down object. | 5.1 |
| MarkDown.ReleaseAll Frees all markdown objects. | 10.5 |
| Math.Average Calculates average of given values. | 12.1 |
| Math.BitwiseAND Perform bitwise AND operation. | 4.1 |
| Math.BitwiseNOT Perform bitwise not operation. | 4.1 |
| Math.BitwiseOR Perform bitwise or operation. | 4.1 |
| Math.BitwiseShiftLeft Perform bitwise shift left. | 4.1 |
| Math.BitwiseShiftRight Perform bitwise shift right. | 4.1 |
| Math.BitwiseXOR Perform bitwise xor operation. | 4.1 |
| Math.DecToHex Converts a number to a hexadecimal number. | 2.5 |
| Math.DecodeNumber Decodes a number from it's binary representation. | 6.4 |
| Math.EncodeNumber Encodes a number as binary data as hex text. | 6.4 |
| Math.FormatNumber Formats a number. | 11.1 |
| Math.HexToDec Converts a hexadecimal number to a normal decimal number. | 2.5 |
| Math.InchToPixel Converts a inch value to pixel. | 3.4 |
| Math.IsValidCC Verifies a credit card number. | 3.1 |
| Math.Max Calculates maximum of given values. | 12.1 |
| Math.Median Calculates median of given values. | 12.1 |
| Math.MillimeterToPixel Converts a millimeter value to pixel. | 3.4 |
| Math.Min Calculates minimum of given values. | 12.1 |
| Math.MovingAverage Calculates moving average. | 14.2 |
| Math.Multiply Multiplies values. | 12.1 |
| Math.NormInv Calculates NormInv function like in Excel. | 11.1 |
| Math.NumberToText Converts a number value to a text string. | 2.9 |
| Math.PixelToInch Converts a pixel value to inch. | 3.4 |
| Math.PixelToMillimeter Converts a pixel value to millimeter. | 3.4 |
| Math.PolylineDecode Decodes number from Polyline Algorithm Format. | 9.2 |
| Math.PolylineEncode Encodes number in Polyline Algorithm Format. | 9.2 |
| Math.Random.ExponentialDistribution Generates a random number using exponential distribution. | 14.0 |
| Math.Random.NormalDistribution Generates a random number using normal distribution. | 14.0 |
| Math.Random.PoissonDistribution Generates a random number using poisson distribution. | 14.0 |
| Math.Reciprocal Calculates reciprocals of values. | 12.1 |
| Math.StandardDeviation Calculates standard deviation of given values. | 12.1 |
| Math.Sum Calculates sum of given values. | 12.1 |
| Math.TextToNumber Converts a text to a number. | 2.9 |
| Matrix.Add Adds a value to cells in matrix. | 10.2 |
| Matrix.AddColumn Adds one column to a matrix. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.AddColumns Adds columns to a matrix. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.AddRow Adds a row to the matrix. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.AddRows Adds rows to the matrix. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Avg Calculates average value in a matrix column. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.CSV Queries text of matrix for CSV export. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.CSVSplit Splits CSV text. | 10.5 |
| Matrix.Clear Clears the matrix. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.ClearValues Clears all values in the matrix. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Clone Creates a copy of a matrix. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.ConvertDataType Converts the data types. | 12.5 |
| Matrix.CopyColumn Copies a column from one (or same) matrix to another column. | 10.2 |
| Matrix.CopyRow Copies a row from one (or same) matrix to another row. | 10.2 |
| Matrix.DataType Queries data type of a value. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Evaluate Evaluates an expression for each cell. | 10.2 |
| Matrix.GetColumn Queries text of a whole column. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.GetColumnName Queres column name. | 10.2 |
| Matrix.GetColumnNames Queres column names. | 10.2 |
| Matrix.GetRow Queries text of a whole row. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.GetRowName Queres row name. | 10.2 |
| Matrix.GetRowNames Queries row names. | 10.2 |
| Matrix.GetText Queries text of whole matrix. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.GetValue Queries a single value. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.HTML Queries html of matrix. | 13.3 |
| Matrix.Height Queries height of matrix. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.IndexOfFirstValueMatching Finds index of first value matching value. | 14.0 |
| Matrix.InsertRecords Inserts records in FileMaker database from records in memory. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.InsertRecordsToSQL Inserts records in SQL database from records in memory. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.JSONRecord Returns a row as JSON object. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.JSONRecords Returns rows as JSON array. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.List Lists all IDs of current Matrix objects. | 12.5 |
| Matrix.Lookup Queries value without errors. | 13.5 |
| Matrix.Max Queries max value in a matrix column. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Min Queries min value in a matrix column. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Multiply Multiplies a value with cells in matrix. | 10.3 |
| Matrix.New Creates a new matrix (2D array). | 9.2 |
| Matrix.NewWithSQL Execute the SQL Statement against a FileMaker database. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Release Frees the matrix object. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.ReleaseAll Releases all matrix objects. | 10.5 |
| Matrix.RemoveColumn Removes a column. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.RemoveRow Removes a row. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Resize Resizes matrix to given height and width. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Rotate Rotates a matrix. | 12.4 |
| Matrix.SetColumn Sets a column to the given texts. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.SetColumnName Sets column name. | 10.2 |
| Matrix.SetColumnNames Sets column names. | 12.5 |
| Matrix.SetRow Sets a row to the given texts. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.SetRowName Sets row name. | 10.2 |
| Matrix.SetRowNames Sets row names. | 12.5 |
| Matrix.SetValue Sets a single value in the matrix. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Sum Calculates sum value in a matrix column. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Text Queries text of matrix. | 9.2 |
| Matrix.Width Queries width of matrix. | 9.2 |
| MessageComposer.AddAttachmentContainer Adds an attachment to the email based on a container field. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.AddAttachmentFile Adds an attachment to the email based on a file path. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.AttachmentCount Queries number of attachments. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.CanSendAttachments Checks whether we can send attachments. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.CanSendSubject Checks whether we can send subject. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.CanSendText Checks whether we can send text. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.Dismiss Dismisses the dialog. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.GetEvaluate Queries the evaluation to run when email composer is done. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.GetFileName Queries the file name of the script to run when email composer is done. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.GetMessageBody Queries message body. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.GetRecipients Queries list of recipients. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.GetScriptName Queries the script name of the script to run when email composer is done. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.GetSubject Queries subject text. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.IsPresented Checks whether panel is displayed. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.New Initializes the message composer panel. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.Present Presents the message composer view. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.Result Queries result of email composer. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.SetEvaluate Sets the expression to call when composer is done. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.SetMessageBody Sets the body of the message to the specified content. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.SetRecipients Defines recipients. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.SetScript Sets the script to call when composer is done. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.SetSubject Sets the Subject header for the email message. | 7.3 |
| MessageComposer.disableUserAttachments Disable user attachments. | 7.3 |
| MetaDataQuery.Close Frees the metadata query. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.Create Creates a new metadata search object. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.GetEvaluate Queries expression to be run when shell is done. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.GetScriptFileName Queries filename of script to call in when shell is done. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.GetScriptName Queries name of script to call when shell is done. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.IsGathering Query whether gathering. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.IsStarted Query whether search is started. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.IsStopped Query whether search is stopped. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.List Lists all IDs of metadata query objects. | 13.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.PathAtIndex Queries path of an item in results. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.Paths Queries file paths. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.QueryString Queries the query string. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.ResultAtIndex Queries an item from result as JSON. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.ResultCount Queries number of found items. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.Results Queries results. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.SearchScopes Queries the search scopes. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.SetEvaluate Sets expression to be run when initial gathering is done. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.SetQueryString Sets the predicate to search. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.SetScript Sets which script to call when initial gathering is done. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.SetSearchScopes Sets the search scopes. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.StartQuery Attempts to start the query. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.StopQuery Stops the receiver’s current query from gathering any further results. | 8.0 |
| Modbus.CalculateRTUMessageCRC Calculates the RTU Message CRC string. | 3.1 |
| MongoDB.AbortTransaction Abort a multi-document transaction. | 12.5 |
| MongoDB.AggregateCollection Creates an aggregate collection. | 13.1 |
| MongoDB.AggregateDatabase Creates an aggregate database. | 13.1 |
| MongoDB.BSONtoJSON Converts BSON to JSON. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.ChangeStreamErrorDocument Checks if an error has occurred when creating or iterating over a change stream. | 13.0 |
| MongoDB.ChangeStreamResumeToken Queries resume token. | 13.0 |
| MongoDB.ClientCommand Execute a command on the server, interpreting options according to the MongoDB server version. | 14.2 |
| MongoDB.ClientCommandQuery Creates a query cursor. | 14.2 |
| MongoDB.ClientCommandWithServerId This function executes a command on a specific server, using the database and command specification provided. | 14.2 |
| MongoDB.CloseChangeStream Closes change stream. | 13.0 |
| MongoDB.CloseCollection Closes the current collection explicitly. | 12.4 |
| MongoDB.CloseCursor Closes cursor. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.CloseDatabase Closes the current database explicitly. | 12.4 |
| MongoDB.CollectionName Queries name of current collection. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.CollectionNames Fetches the list of the names of all of the collections in database. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.Command Execute a command on the server. | 13.1 |
| MongoDB.CommitTransaction Commit a multi-document transaction. | 12.5 |
| MongoDB.Connect Connects the client using the URI provided. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.ContainerToBinary Converts a container to JSON for MongoDB. | 13.2 |
| MongoDB.CreateCollection Creates a collection in the database. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.CursorBatchSize Queries batch size. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.CursorCurrent Queries current record as JSON. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.CursorErrorDocument Checks to see if an error has occurred while iterating the cursor. | 12.4 |
| MongoDB.CursorGetMaxAwaitTimeMS The maximum amount of time for the server to wait on new documents to satisfy a tailable cursor query. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.CursorID Retrieves the cursor id used by the server to track the cursor. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.CursorLimit Queries current limit. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.CursorMore Whether there may be more data. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.CursorNext Queries the next record as JSON. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.CursorRecords New in 14.4 Queries the all records as JSON. | 14.4 |
| MongoDB.CursorSetBatchSize Sets batch size, | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.CursorSetLimit Limits the number of documents in the result set. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.CursorSetMaxAwaitTimeMS Sets the maximum amount of time for the server to wait on new documents to satisfy a tailable cursor query. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.DatabaseCommand Creates a collection in the database. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.DatabasesNames Queries the MongoDB server for a list of known databases. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.DeleteMany Deletes many records. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.DeleteOne Deletes one record. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.EstimatedDocumentCount Executes a count query on collection. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.Find Query on collection, passing arbitrary query options to the server in options. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.FindCollections Fetches a cursor containing documents, each corresponding to a collection on this database. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.FindDatabases Fetches list of database records. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.FindIndexes Fetches a cursor containing documents, each corresponding to an index on this collection. | 12.4 |
| MongoDB.GetAppName Queries the client application name. | 14.2 |
| MongoDB.GetAuthMechanism Queries authentication mechanism. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.GetAuthSource Queries authorization source. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.GetCompressors Queries compressors. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.GetCredentials Queries credentials as JSON. | 14.2 |
| MongoDB.GetOptions Queries the options from the URL. | 13.1 |
| MongoDB.GetPassword Queries password used for login. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.GetServiceHostName Queries service hostname for login. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.GetServiceName Queries service name for login. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.GetTLS Whether this connection is set to be encrypted. | 13.1 |
| MongoDB.GetURI Fetches the URI as a string. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.GetUserName Queries username for login. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.HasCollection Checks to see if a collection exists on the MongoDB server within database. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.InTransaction Check whether a multi-document transaction is in progress for this session. | 12.5 |
| MongoDB.InsertMany Insert documents into collection. | 12.4 |
| MongoDB.InsertOne Inserts a document into collection. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.IsTracing Queries whether trace is enabled. | 13.4 |
| MongoDB.JSONtoBSON Converts JSON to BSON. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.Keys Queries current collection to find all the key names. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.LibraryVersion Queries library version. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.List Lists all IDs of current MongoDB objects. | 12.5 |
| MongoDB.MaxBSONSize Returns the maximum bson document size allowed by the cluster. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.MaxMessageSize Returns the maximum message size allowed by the cluster. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.New Creates a new MongoDB object. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.NewCursorFromCommandReply Creates a cursor object from the reply of a command. | 12.4 |
| MongoDB.NextChange Iterates the underlying change stream, returning the next document. | 13.0 |
| MongoDB.NowUTC Create a new JSON value with current date and time. | 13.2 |
| MongoDB.OpenCollection Sets the current collection. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.OpenDatabase Opens the given database. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.OpenDefaultDatabase Selects default database. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.Ping Sends ping command. | 13.4 |
| MongoDB.Release Frees the MongoDB object. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.ReleaseAll Frees all MongoDB objects. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.Rename This function is a helper to rename an existing collection on a MongoDB server. | 12.4 |
| MongoDB.ReplaceOne This replace one document in the collection that match selector with replacement. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.SSLLibrary Queries SSL library used. | 13.4 |
| MongoDB.ServerDescription Get information about the server specified by ServerID. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.ServerDescriptions Fetches an server descroptions for all known servers in the topology. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.SetAppName Sets the client application name. | 14.2 |
| MongoDB.SetAuthMechanism Sets authentication mechanism. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.SetAuthSource Sets authentication source. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.SetCompressors Sets compressors to use. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.SetDatabase Sets the URI's database, after the URI has been parsed. | 13.1 |
| MongoDB.SetPassword Sets user password for login. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.SetSSLOptions Sets the TLS (SSL) options to use when connecting to TLS enabled MongoDB servers. | 13.4 |
| MongoDB.SetURI Sets the URI. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.SetUserName Sets user name for login. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.StartTransaction Start a multi-document transaction for all following operations in this session. | 12.5 |
| MongoDB.TextToBinary Converts a text to JSON for MongoDB. | 13.2 |
| MongoDB.Time Create a new JSON value with given timestamp. | 13.2 |
| MongoDB.Trace Enables or disables trace. | 13.4 |
| MongoDB.TransactionState Returns the current transaction state for this session. | 12.5 |
| MongoDB.UpdateMany Updates many documents in collection that matches selector. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.UpdateOne Updates at most one document in collection that matches selector. | 12.3 |
| MongoDB.WatchClient Creates a change stream for a client. | 13.0 |
| MongoDB.WatchCollection Creates a change stream for a collection. | 13.0 |
| MongoDB.WatchDatabase Creates a change stream for a database. | 13.0 |
| Msgbox A simple method to show a dialog box with one text. | 2.2 |
| Mutex.Create Creates a new mutex with given name. | 10.2 |
| Mutex.GetTag New in 14.3 Queries the tag value. | 14.3 |
| Mutex.List Lists all Mutex reference numbers. | 10.2 |
| Mutex.Lock Locks the mutex. | 10.2 |
| Mutex.Name Queries name of mutex. | 10.2 |
| Mutex.Release Frees a mutex. | 10.2 |
| Mutex.ReleaseAll New in 14.3 Releases all mutex objects. | 14.3 |
| Mutex.SetTag New in 14.3 Sets the tag value. | 14.3 |
| Mutex.TryLock Tries to lock the mutex. | 10.2 |
| Mutex.Unlock Unlocks the mutex. | 10.2 |
| NetworkInterfaces.Count Queries number of network interfaces found. | 4.3 |
| NetworkInterfaces.Default Queries default network interface. | 5.2 |
| NetworkInterfaces.JSON Returns all network interfaces as JSON. | 8.4 |
| NetworkInterfaces.Update Queries current network interfaces. | 4.3 |
| NetworkInterfaces.Value Queries the | 4.3 |
| OCR.Cleanup Shutdown the engine and free all memory. | 2.9 |
| OCR.Clear Free up recognition results and any stored image data, without actually freeing any recognition data that would be time-consuming to reload. | 2.9 |
| OCR.GetBoxText The recognized text is returned as a text which is coded in the same format as a box file used in training. | 2.9 |
| OCR.GetHOCRText Make a HTML-formatted string with hOCR markup from the internal data structures. | 2.9 |
| OCR.GetPageSegMode Queries page segmentation mode. | 2.9 |
| OCR.GetText Returns recognized text. | 2.9 |
| OCR.GetTextAsJSON Queries result as JSON. | 13.3 |
| OCR.GetTextWithCoordinates Queries text with coordinates. | 6.5 |
| OCR.GetVariable Queries a variable. | 7.5 |
| OCR.Initialize Initializes tesseract. | 2.9 |
| OCR.IsInitialized Checks if OCR library has been initialized. | 4.2 |
| OCR.IsLoaded Whether newer tesseract is loaded. | 11.3 |
| OCR.Language Return the language used in the last valid initialization. | 2.9 |
| OCR.Load Loads newer tesseract engine. | 11.3 |
| OCR.MeanTextConf Returns the (average) confidence value between 0 and 100. | 2.9 |
| OCR.Recognize Recognize the image. | 2.9 |
| OCR.SetImage Provide an image for Tesseract to recognize. | 2.9 |
| OCR.SetImageContainer Loads a picture from container. | 11.3 |
| OCR.SetImageFile Loads a picture from file directly. | 11.3 |
| OCR.SetPageSegMode Sets page segmentation mode. | 2.9 |
| OCR.SetRectangle Restrict recognition to a sub-rectangle of the image. | 2.9 |
| OCR.SetResolution Set the resolution of the source image in pixels per inch. | 5.1 |
| OCR.SetVariable Sets a variable. | 7.5 |
| OCR.Version Query version of Tesseract library. | 11.3 |
| OCR.WriteToPDF Writes text on the PDF. | 3.1 |
| PDFKit.AddEmptyPage Adds an empty page to the given PDF document. | 5.0 |
| PDFKit.AddImageFilePage Adds a new page to PDF document with given image file. | 7.2 |
| PDFKit.AddImagePage Adds a new page to PDF document with given image. | 5.0 |
| PDFKit.AppendPages Copies pages from one PDF to append other PDF. | 3.1 |
| PDFKit.Combine Creates a new PDF file with all the given PDF files/references. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.CombineRef Creates a new PDF document with all the given PDF files/references and returns the new PDF reference. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.GeneratePreview Adds preview to an existing PDF container. | 7.5 |
| PDFKit.GetIgnoreCombineErrors Returns status of Combine Error handling. | 2.4 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFAttribute Queries a PDF attribute. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFDocument Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF document. | 2.2 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageCount Queries the number of the pages in the PDF document. | 2.1 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageDisplayAnnotation Gets whether annotations are drawn. | 6.0 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageFormattedText Queries the styled text of a page in a PDF document. | 2.7 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageImage Renders an image of a page in a PDF document. | 2.1 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPagePDF Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF page. | 2.2 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPagePDFRef Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF page. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageRotation Returns the page rotation angle in degrees. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageText Queries the text of a page in a PDF document. | 2.1 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageValue Queries a page property. | 5.0 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPagesPDF Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF pages. | 2.2 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPagesPDFRef Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF pages. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFText Queries the text of the PDF document. | 2.1 |
| PDFKit.GetPrintLastSettings Queries current print settings. | 9.2 |
| PDFKit.List Lists all IDs of PDFKit objects. | 13.0 |
| PDFKit.NewPDFDocument Creates a new empty PDF and returns a PDF Reference value. | 5.0 |
| PDFKit.Open Opens a PDF and returns a PDF Reference value. | 2.2 |
| PDFKit.OpenContainer Opens a PDF from container value and returns a PDF Reference value. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.OpenPath Opens a PDF from a file path and returns a PDF Reference value. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.OpenURL Opens a PDF from an URL and returns a PDF Reference value. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.PageBounds Returns the bounds for the specified PDF display box. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.Print Prints a PDF without dialogs. | 4.0 |
| PDFKit.Release Releases a PDF reference. | 2.1 |
| PDFKit.ReleaseAll Release all PDFKit documents. | 10.5 |
| PDFKit.ResetPrintSettings Resets print settings to default settings. | 4.0 |
| PDFKit.RestorePrintSettings Restores print settings. | 4.0 |
| PDFKit.SavePrintSettings Saves current print settings. | 4.0 |
| PDFKit.SelectPrinter Shows the printer picker. | 14.2 |
| PDFKit.SetIgnoreCombineErrors Sets whether Combine operation should report error if you did not pass PDF files or references. | 2.4 |
| PDFKit.SetPDFAttribute Sets a PDF attribute. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.SetPDFPageDisplayAnnotation Sets whether annotations are drawn. | 6.0 |
| PDFKit.SetPDFPageRotation Sets the rotation angle for the page in degrees. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.SetPrintSetting Sets print settings for printing PDF. | 4.0 |
| PDFKit.Watermark Adds a watermark to a page. | 2.7 |
| PDFKit.WriteToPath Writes the PDF to the given file path. | 3.1 |
| PDFKit.allowsCopying Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the document allows copying of content to the Pasteboard. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.allowsPrinting Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the document allows printing. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.isEncrypted Returns a Boolean value specifying whether the document is encrypted. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.isLocked Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the document is locked. | 2.9 |
| PKCS12.CA Queries certificate with given index. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.CACount Queries number of other certificates. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.Cert Queries the X509 certificate in the PKCS12 file. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.List Lists all IDs of PKCS12 objects. | 13.0 |
| PKCS12.PKey Queries the private key from the PKCS12 file. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.ReadFromContainer Reads certificate and private key from a PKCS12 file in container. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.ReadFromFile Reads certificate and private key from a PKCS12 file. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.Release Releases the PKCS12 from memory. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.ReleaseAll Release all PKCS12 keys. | 10.5 |
| PKCS12.SignData Creates a PKCS#7 signature for given data. | 13.1 |
| PKCS7.List Lists all IDs of PKCS7 objects. | 13.0 |
| PKCS7.ReadFromContainer Reads PKCS#7 from a file in container. | 9.1 |
| PKCS7.ReadFromFile Reads certificate and private key from a PKCS#7 file. | 9.1 |
| PKCS7.Release Releases the PKCS7 from memory. | 9.1 |
| PKCS7.ReleaseAll Release all PKCS7 keys. | 10.5 |
| PKCS7.SignedDataCert Queries signing certificate with given index. | 9.1 |
| PKCS7.SignedDataCertCount Queries number of signing certificates. | 9.1 |
| PKCS7.SignedDataContent Queries content signed. | 9.1 |
| PKey.Bits Queries number of bits of key. | 7.0 |
| PKey.DescriptionPrivateKey Describes the private key. | 7.0 |
| PKey.DescriptionPublicKey Describes the public key. | 7.0 |
| PKey.GetPrivateKey Queries private key as PEM file text. | 7.0 |
| PKey.GetPublicKey Queries public key as PEM file text. | 7.0 |
| PKey.List Lists all IDs of private key objects. | 13.0 |
| PKey.Read Reads a private/public key from PEM certificate from text. | 11.4 |
| PKey.ReadFromContainer Reads a key from a container value. | 11.4 |
| PKey.ReadFromFile Reads a key from a PEM file. | 11.4 |
| PKey.Release Releases the private key from memory. | 7.0 |
| PKey.ReleaseAll Release all private keys. | 10.5 |
| PKey.Type Queries the type of key. | 7.0 |
| PList.ReadData Read property list from data. | 11.4 |
| PList.ReadFile Reads property list files. | 11.4 |
| PList.WriteData Encodes property list data. | 11.4 |
| Path.AddPathComponent Adds a new path component. | 6.0 |
| Path.FileMakerPathToNativePath Converts a FileMaker path useful for "filemac:" and "filewin:" path specification to a native path. | 2.4 |
| Path.FilePathToFileURL Converts a file path to a local file URL. | 5.0 |
| Path.FileURLToFilePath Converts a file URL to a local file path. | 5.0 |
| Path.LastPathComponent Queries the last path component. | 6.0 |
| Path.LongPath Queries long file path on Windows. | 9.0 |
| Path.NativePathToFileMakerPath Converts a native path to a FileMaker path useful for "filemac:" and "filewin:" path specification. | 2.4 |
| Path.RemoveLastPathComponent Removes last path component. | 6.0 |
| Path.ShortPath Queries short file path on Windows. | 9.0 |
| Phidget.GetTag Queries tag value. | 14.0 |
| Phidget.SetTag Sets the tag value. | 14.0 |
| PhotoPicker.Available Queries whether the photo picker is available. | 12.5 |
| PhotoPicker.BytesLoaded Queries the number of bytes loaded. | 12.5 |
| PhotoPicker.Clear Clears the picker. | 12.5 |
| PhotoPicker.Dismiss Dismisses the dialog. | 12.5 |
| PhotoPicker.Error Queries error for loading an image. | 12.5 |
| PhotoPicker.File Queries native file path for the image. | 12.5 |
| PhotoPicker.GetDisabledCapabilities Queries which Capabilities of the picker that should be disabled. | 13.4 |
| PhotoPicker.GetFileName Queries the file name of the script to run when email composer is done. | 12.5 |
| PhotoPicker.GetMode Queries the mode of the picker. | 13.4 |
| PhotoPicker.GetScriptName Queries the script name of the script to run when email composer is done. | 12.5 |
| PhotoPicker.GetSelectionLimit Queries the selection limit. | 12.5 |
| PhotoPicker.ImageCount Queries number of images selected. | 12.5 |
| PhotoPicker.IsLoading Queries whether images are still loading. | 12.5 |
| PhotoPicker.IsPresented Checks whether panel is displayed. | 12.5 |
| PhotoPicker.Present Presents the photo picker view. | 12.5 |
| PhotoPicker.SetDisabledCapabilities Sets which Capabilities of the picker that should be disabled. | 13.4 |
| PhotoPicker.SetMode Sets the mode of the picker. | 13.4 |
| PhotoPicker.SetScript Sets the script to call when picker is done. | 12.5 |
| PhotoPicker.SetSelectionLimit Sets the selection limit. | 12.5 |
| PhotoPicker.TotalBytes Queries the number of bytes in total. | 12.5 |
| Platform Returns what platform the plugin is running on. | 3.0 |
| Plugin.BuildNumber Queries the build number of the plugin. | 5.0 |
| Plugin.CallCounter Queries call counter. | 9.3 |
| Plugin.CallErrorScriptTrigger Triggers error script. | 8.5 |
| Plugin.CompileDate Queries compile date as FileMaker date. | 10.0 |
| Plugin.DisableFunction Disables a plugin function. | 2.8 |
| Plugin.FunctionCount Queries number of functions available. | 7.2 |
| Plugin.Functions Returns a list of all the functions in the plugin. | 1.0 |
| Plugin.GetFunctionParameters Queries the function metadata for parameter list. | 12.1 |
| Plugin.GetFunctionPlatforms Queries the function metadata for platform support. | 10.5 |
| Plugin.GetSuccessReturn Queries current OK return. | 5.1 |
| Plugin.InstallSignalHandlers Installs signal handlers. | 9.3 |
| Plugin.IsLicenseKeyHidden New in 14.3 Queries whether to hide license key. | 14.3 |
| Plugin.IsMaintenanceExpired Queries whether maintenance is expired. | 13.1 |
| Plugin.IsPrerelease Queries whether this is a MBS Plugin beta version. | 10.0 |
| Plugin.JasperVersion Queries version string for Jasper library. | 9.0 |
| Plugin.LibSSHVersion Queries the SSH library version used. | 6.2 |
| Plugin.LicenseeName Queries licensee name. | 8.3 |
| Plugin.LimitFunction Limits a function. | 5.4 |
| Plugin.LoadIconvLibrary Loads the iconv library. | 10.4 |
| Plugin.LockFunction Locks a function with a password. | 5.4 |
| Plugin.LockedFunctions New in 14.3 Lists the locked functions. | 14.3 |
| Plugin.ObjectCounts Returns JSON with object counts. | 13.5 |
| Plugin.OpenSSLVersion Queries OpenSSL Version. | 6.2 |
| Plugin.PNGVersion Queries PNG version. | 7.3 |
| Plugin.Path Queries the native file path to the plugin. | 3.3 |
| Plugin.ScriptStepParameter Queries script step parameter with given index. | 7.2 |
| Plugin.ScriptStepParameterCount Queries number of parameters to the current script step. | 7.2 |
| Plugin.Seats Queries the internal seats value. | 1.6 |
| Plugin.SetErrorScriptTrigger Sets script to trigger if plugin call returns an error. | 8.5 |
| Plugin.SetFunctions Sets the function list the plugin has. | 5.1 |
| Plugin.SetLicenseKeyHidden New in 14.3 Sets whether to hide license key. | 14.3 |
| Plugin.SetPreviewSize Sets which size plugin uses for preview images. | 5.1 |
| Plugin.SetSuccessReturn Sets what the plugin returns on success. | 5.1 |
| Plugin.StartTimeStamp Queries time the plugin was loaded. | 9.5 |
| Plugin.State Queries plugin state. | 13.1 |
| Plugin.TiffVersion Queries version string for TIFF library. | 9.0 |
| Plugin.UnlockFunction Unlocks a locked function. | 5.4 |
| Plugin.UsedFunctionCounts Queries plugin function usage counts. | 13.5 |
| Plugin.UsedFunctions Queries used functions. | 8.3 |
| Plugin.WebPVersion Returns version of WebP library. | 13.2 |
| Plugin.ZLibVersion Queries zlib version number. | 8.1 |
| Plugin.isDebug Checks whether this is debug version of MBS Plugin. | 7.1 |
| Preferences.DeleteValue Deletes a preference value. | 6.0 |
| Preferences.GetValue Queries preferences value. | 2.7 |
| Preferences.GetValueType Queries data type for a preferences entry. | 9.3 |
| Preferences.HasValue Checks if a preference value is defined. | 6.0 |
| Preferences.List Lists keys for preferences. | 12.0 |
| Preferences.SetValue Sets preferences value. | 2.7 |
| Process.GetCurrentDirectory Queries current directory. | 6.5 |
| Process.LoadLibrary Loads a given native library. | 6.5 |
| Process.SetCurrentDirectory Sets the current directory. | 6.5 |
| ProcessActivity.List Lists all activities. | 5.2 |
| ProcessActivity.Options Queries option flags. | 5.2 |
| ProcessActivity.Reason Queries the reason text. | 5.2 |
| ProcessActivity.beginActivity Begins an activity. | 5.2 |
| ProcessActivity.endActivity Ends the activity started with ProcessActivity.beginActivity. | 5.2 |
| ProgressDialog.GetBottomText Queries the current text below the progress bar in the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.GetButtonCaption Queries the current text from the button in the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.GetCancel Queries the cancel state. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.GetProgress Queries current progress value. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.GetShowButton Queries current state of whether to show the cancel button or not. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.GetTopText Queries the current text above the progress bar in the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.Hide Hides the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.Reset Resets all options. | 6.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetBottomText Sets the bottom text in the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetButtonCaption Sets the cancel button text. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetCancel Sets the cancel state. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetFont Sets the label's text sizes. | 2.9 |
| ProgressDialog.SetProgress Sets the current progress value. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetShowButton Sets whether to show the cancel button or not. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetTopText Sets the top text in the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.Show Shows the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| Progressdialog.GetEvaluate Queries expression to evaluate. | 7.1 |
| Progressdialog.GetFileName Queries file name. | 7.1 |
| Progressdialog.GetScriptName Queries script name to run on button click. | 7.1 |
| Progressdialog.SetEvaluate Sets the expression to evaluate on button click. | 7.1 |
| Progressdialog.SetScript Sets the script to run when button is clicked. | 7.1 |
| Python.AddEvaluateFunction New in 14.3 Adds an evaluate function. | 14.3 |
| Python.AddExecuteSQLFunction New in 14.3 Adds an execute SQL function. | 14.3 |
| Python.Clear New in 14.3 Clears the variables in the Python environment. | 14.3 |
| Python.DeleteValue New in 14.3 Deletes a variable in the Python environment. | 14.3 |
| Python.Evaluate New in 14.3 Evaluates an expression in Python. | 14.3 |
| Python.GetTag New in 14.3 Queries tag value. | 14.3 |
| Python.GetValue New in 14.3 Queries a variable in the Python environment. | 14.3 |
| Python.HasValue New in 14.3 Checks whether a variable is set for the Python environment. | 14.3 |
| Python.Keys New in 14.3 Queries the list of names for values. | 14.3 |
| Python.LibraryVersion New in 14.3 Queries the version text of the Python library. | 14.3 |
| Python.List New in 14.3 Returns list of all Python environment IDs. | 14.3 |
| Python.Load New in 14.3 Loads the Python library. | 14.3 |
| Python.Loaded New in 14.3 Queries whether Python libraries have been loaded. | 14.3 |
| Python.New New in 14.3 Creates a new Python environment. | 14.3 |
| Python.Path New in 14.3 Queries the default module search path. | 14.3 |
| Python.PrintOutput New in 14.3 Queries the output of print commands in Python. | 14.3 |
| Python.ProgramFullPath New in 14.3 Queries full program path. | 14.3 |
| Python.ProgramName New in 14.3 Queries the program name. | 14.3 |
| Python.PythonHome New in 14.3 Queries the default "home" path. | 14.3 |
| Python.Release New in 14.3 Releases the Python environment. | 14.3 |
| Python.ReleaseAll New in 14.3 Releases all Python environments. | 14.3 |
| Python.Run New in 14.3 Runs a Python script. | 14.3 |
| Python.RunFile New in 14.4 Runs a Python script file. | 14.4 |
| Python.SetInput New in 14.3 Sets the input values to use. | 14.3 |
| Python.SetProgramName New in 14.3 Sets the program name. | 14.3 |
| Python.SetPythonHome New in 14.3 Sets the Python home. | 14.3 |
| Python.SetTag New in 14.3 Sets the tag value. | 14.3 |
| Python.SetValue New in 14.3 Sets a variable in the Python environment. | 14.3 |
| Python.ValueCount New in 14.3 Queries number of variables. | 14.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.AddContainer Adds an container to the list of files to preview. | 8.4 |
| QLPreviewPanel.AddFile Adds file to the file list for preview. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.AddImage Adds an image to the list of files to preview. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.AddPDF Adds a PDF to the preview items. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.Clear Clears content of file list. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.CurrentPreviewItemIndex Queries index of current visible item. | 8.4 |
| QLPreviewPanel.CurrentPreviewItemPath Queries path of current item. | 8.4 |
| QLPreviewPanel.CurrentPreviewItemTitle Queries title of current item. | 8.4 |
| QLPreviewPanel.GetEditingAllowed Queries whether editing is allowed. | 11.1 |
| QLPreviewPanel.GetSharingAllowed Queries whether sharing is allowed. | 11.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.Hide Hides the panel. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.IsVisible Checks if panel is visible. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.SavedFiles Queries list of file paths. | 11.1 |
| QLPreviewPanel.SetCurrentPreviewItemIndex Sets index of current element. | 8.4 |
| QLPreviewPanel.SetDismissTrigger Sets the script trigger. | 11.1 |
| QLPreviewPanel.SetEditingAllowed Sets whether editing is allowed. | 11.1 |
| QLPreviewPanel.SetSharingAllowed Sets whether sharing is allowed. | 11.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.Show Shows the panel. | 4.3 |
| QuickList.AddList Adds a list of values to a quick list. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.AddMultiValue Adds a value or list to the list. | 7.2 |
| QuickList.AddPostfix Adds a postfix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.AddPrefix Adds a prefix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.AddQuickList Adds the content of second list to first list. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.AddSQL Adds values to a quick list via SQL. | 5.1 |
| QuickList.AddValue Adds a value to the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.And Returns a list with values which are contained in both lists. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.AndColumn Returns a list with values which are contained in both lists. | 10.0 |
| QuickList.BestMatch Looks for best match of a text in a list of texts. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.CSVSplit Splits CSV text. | 7.4 |
| QuickList.Clear Clears the content of the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Clone Creates a clone of the list. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.Count Queries the count of items in list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.CountValuesMatching Count matching entries in list. | 10.2 |
| QuickList.CrossProduct Creates the cross product from two lists. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.DeCombine Picks elements from each line in a list. | 7.5 |
| QuickList.Deserialize Restores a serialized list. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.Find Finds an entry in the list. | 11.1 |
| QuickList.FindDuplicateItems Finds duplicate items in the list. | 10.5 |
| QuickList.FindEquals Finds equal items in both lists. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.FindUnequals Finds unequal items in both lists. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.GetColumn Queries a column from each line in a list. | 11.3 |
| QuickList.GetList Queries the list as text. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.GetValue Queries a value in the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.HasDuplicateItems Checks if list has duplicates. | 7.5 |
| QuickList.HasValue Checks whether a list contains a given value. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.HasValues Checks whether a list contains the given values. | 14.2 |
| QuickList.IndexOfFirstValueMatching Finds index of first value matching value. | 10.2 |
| QuickList.InsertValue Inserts a value to a list. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.JSONArray New in 14.3 Returns all texts in the QuickList as a JSON array. | 14.3 |
| QuickList.JoinJSON Joins text in a QuickList as JSON array. | 13.3 |
| QuickList.List Returns list of all quick list IDs. | 5.3 |
| QuickList.MatchesPostfix Finds list entries which have a given postfix text. | 5.4 |
| QuickList.MatchesPrefix Finds list entries which have a given prefix text. | 5.4 |
| QuickList.MatchesSubString Finds list entries which contains a given text. | 6.0 |
| QuickList.New Creates a new list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Not Returns values of first list which are not in second list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.NotColumn Returns values of first list which are not in second list. | 10.0 |
| QuickList.Or Returns values of both lists. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.OrColumn Returns values of both lists. | 10.0 |
| QuickList.Pop Pops last value from the list. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.PopFirst Pops the first value from a list. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.Push Pushes a value to the end of the list. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.RegExMatch Matches a list against a pattern. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Release Releases the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Remove Removes the value with the given index. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.RemoveDuplicateItems Removes duplicate items in the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.RemoveEmptyItems Removes empty items in the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.RemovePostfix Removes a postfix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.RemovePrefix Removes a prefix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.RemoveValue Removes a value from a quick list. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.Reserve Reserves memory for a list of given size. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Reverse Reverses the order of items in the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Serialize Serialized a list as a text. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.SetList Sets the list to the content of the passed list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.SetValue Sets a value in the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Shuffle Shuffles the items in the list. | 14.0 |
| QuickList.Sort Sorts the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.SortWith Sorts the list with together with other lists. | 6.2 |
| QuickList.SortWithEvaluate Sorts a list with using an expression to evaluate. | 10.2 |
| QuickList.SubList Returns a part of the list. | 7.5 |
| QuickList.Trim Trims all texts in the list. | 7.5 |
| QuickList.ValueIndex Finds the index for a given value. | 5.4 |
| QuickList.XOr Returns list with values found in either first or second list, but not in both. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.XOrColumn Returns list with values found in either first or second list, but not in both. | 10.0 |
| RSA.DecryptPrivateKey Decrypts a private key. | 7.5 |
| RSA.EncryptPrivateKey Encrypts a private key. | 7.5 |
| RSA.GeneratePrivateKey Creates a new private key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.GetPublicKey Queries public key from private key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.PrivateDecrypt Decrypts data using private key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.PrivateEncrypt Encrypts data using private key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.PublicDecrypt Decrypts data using public key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.PublicEncrypt Encrypts data using public key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.Sign Signs data with RSA digital signature. | 6.2 |
| RSA.Verify Verifies RSA digital signature. | 6.2 |
| RegEx.CaptureCount Queries number of captured sub patterns. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Compile Compiles a pattern. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.DataDetector Performs data detection to find details in text. | 11.1 |
| RegEx.Execute Executes a statement. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Extract Extracts found text. | 11.1 |
| RegEx.FindMatches Finds in a text all matches of a given pattern and returns list. | 5.1 |
| RegEx.List Returns list of all regex IDs. | 5.3 |
| RegEx.Match Matches a text against to a pattern. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.MatchList Matches a list against a pattern. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.MinimumLength Queries the minimum length of the text to match. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.NameCount Queries number of names. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.NamedSubstring Queries the named substring. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Options Queries the options to used when compiling the pattern. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Pattern Queries the pattern used to compile this regular expression. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Quote Quotes text for use in patterns. | 7.5 |
| RegEx.Release Frees memory for a regular expression. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.ReleaseAll Frees all regular expression objects. | 13.2 |
| RegEx.Replace Replace pattern once. | 7.5 |
| RegEx.ReplaceAll Replaces patterns. | 7.5 |
| RegEx.Results Queries the result from execute. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Size Queries size of compiled pattern. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.StringNumber Queries the index number of a name. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Study Studies the regular expression for improved execution speed. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Substring Queries a substring. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.SubstringList Returns list of substrings. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Version Returns the version number of the PCRE library. | 4.4 |
| Register This function is used to register the Plugin. | 1.0 |
| Registration Returns a list of the currently registered components. | 1.0 |
| RemoteControl.InsertText Sends text to active window/control. | 12.4 |
| RichText.AppendFormattedText Appends new styled text to the document. | 10.0 |
| RichText.AppendText Appends text to the current document. | 10.0 |
| RichText.Attribute Queries an attribute value. | 3.0 |
| RichText.Clear Clears current document. | 3.5 |
| RichText.CopyToClipboard Puts current rich text on the clipboard. | 13.0 |
| RichText.FormattedText Returns the styled text of the currently loaded text file. | 3.0 |
| RichText.HTMLText Converts the current rich text to html. | 6.0 |
| RichText.RTF Returns current rich text as RTF data. | 6.5 |
| RichText.ReadContainer Reads text file from container. | 3.0 |
| RichText.ReadFile Reads a text file from a file. | 3.0 |
| RichText.ReadFromClipboard Reads styled text from clipboard. | 13.0 |
| RichText.ReadHTML Loads a HTML page as rich text. | 5.2 |
| RichText.ReadRTF Loads RTF text as rich text. | 5.2 |
| RichText.ReadText Read rich text from text. | 4.4 |
| RichText.ReadURL Reads a text file from an URL. | 3.0 |
| RichText.ReadWebviewer Reads formatted text from WebViewer content. | 5.4 |
| RichText.Release Frees memory for current text file. | 3.0 |
| RichText.ReplaceText Replaces text in current rich text document with new text. | 4.4 |
| RichText.ReplaceTexts Replaces text in current rich text document with new text. | 6.4 |
| RichText.SetAttribute Sets metadata. | 3.5 |
| RichText.SetFormattedText Sets new text for saving a document. | 3.5 |
| RichText.SetText Sets new text for saving a document. | 3.5 |
| RichText.Text Returns the plain text of the currently loaded text file. | 3.0 |
| RichText.TextLength Returns the length of the text in characters. | 3.0 |
| RichText.WriteContainer Writes current rich text to a container. | 4.4 |
| RichText.WriteFile Writes current rich text to a file. | 4.4 |
| RichText.WriteRTF Writes a RTF file. | 3.5 |
| SQL.Cancel Attempts to cancel the pending result set, or current statement execution. | 2.6 |
| SQL.ClientVersion Gets the DBMS client API version number. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Close Closes the specified command object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.CommandText Gets the command text associated with the command object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.CommandType Gets the command type currently associated with the command object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Commit Saves any changes and ends the current transaction. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Connect Opens the connection to a data source. | 2.6 |
| SQL.ConvertDateTimeFromSQL Converts a date or timestamp to FileMaker format. | 11.2 |
| SQL.ConvertDateTimeToSQL Converts a date/time/timestamp to SQL text. | 11.2 |
| SQL.Disconnect Disconnects the connection from the database. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Execute Executes the current command. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FetchFirst Fetches the first row from a result set. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FetchLast Fetches the last row from a result set. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FetchNext Fetches next row from a result set. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FetchPos Fetches a row from a result set. | 5.1 |
| SQL.FetchPrior Fetches previous row from a result set. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FieldCount Returns the number of fields (columns) in a result set. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FieldExists Checks whether a field exists. | 11.4 |
| SQL.FreeAllConnections Frees all SQL connections and commands. | 6.3 |
| SQL.FreeCommand Frees the command and releases all memory associated with it. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FreeConnection Call this method if you are done with a connection. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetAutoCommit Checks whether autocommit is enabled or disabled for the current connection. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetCommandOption Gets a string value of a specific command option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetCommandOptions Queries list of options for command. | 8.4 |
| SQL.GetCommandTag Queries tag for command. | 6.4 |
| SQL.GetConnectionOption Gets a string value of a specific connection option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetConnectionOptions Queries list of options for connection. | 8.4 |
| SQL.GetConnectionTag Queries tag for connection. | 6.4 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsBoolean Returns field's value as boolean value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsContainer Queries field value as container. | 6.2 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsDate Returns field's value as date value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsDateTime Returns field's value as timestamp value.- | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsFloat Returns field's value as floating point number value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsJPEG Returns field's value as JPEG value. | 3.0 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsNumber Returns field's value as integer number value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsPDF Returns field's value as PDF value. | 4.3 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsPNG Returns field's value as PNG value. | 3.0 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsText Returns field's value as text value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsTime Returns field's value as time value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldDataType Returns field data type. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldIsNull Whether the field value is NULL. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldName Returns name of the field. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldNameList Queries list of field names. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetFieldOption Gets a string value of a specific field option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldOptions Queries list of options for field. | 8.4 |
| SQL.GetFieldValue Returns field's value. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetFieldValueList Queries list of field values. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetFieldsAsJSON Queries fields values current record as JSON object. | 10.2 |
| SQL.GetIsolationLevel Gets the transaction isolation level. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsBoolean Returns param's value as boolean value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsContainer Queries parameter value as container. | 6.2 |
| SQL.GetParamAsDate Returns param's value as date; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsDateTime Returns param's value as timestamp value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsFloat Returns param's value as floating point number; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsJPEG Returns parameters's value as JPEG value. | 3.0 |
| SQL.GetParamAsNumber Returns param's value as integer; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsPDF Returns parameters's value as PDF value. | 4.3 |
| SQL.GetParamAsPNG Returns parameters's value as PNG value. | 3.0 |
| SQL.GetParamAsText Returns param's value as text; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsTime Returns param's value as time value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamDataType Returns parameter data type. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamIsDefault Checks whether parameter is default value. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamIsNull Whether the parameter value is NULL. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamName Returns the name of the parameter. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamNameList Queries list of parameter names. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetParamOption Gets a string value of a specific parameter option. | 8.4 |
| SQL.GetParamOptions Queries list of options for parameter. | 8.4 |
| SQL.GetParamValue Returns param's value. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetParamValueList Queries list of parameter values. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetParamsAsJSON Queries parameters as JSON object. | 10.2 |
| SQL.GetRecordsAsJSON Queries records of current result set as JSON array. | 10.2 |
| SQL.GetRecordsAsText Queries all records as text. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InsertOrUpdateRecords Creates or updates records in FileMaker database for current recordset. | 7.3 |
| SQL.InsertRecords Creates records in FileMaker database for current recordset. | 5.2 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Activate Activates the internal SQLite library. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Activated Checks if internal SQLite library is used. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Deactivate Deactivates the use of internal SQLite library. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.ICUEnabled Queries whether ICU libraries are enabled. | 11.2 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.ICULoaded Queries whether ICU libraries are loaded. | 11.2 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.ICUUsed Queries whether ICU libraries have been used. | 11.2 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.LoadICU Loads ICU libraries now. | 11.2 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.SetICUEnabled Sets whether to use ICU libraries. | 11.2 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.SourceID Returns the source code ID. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Version Returns the SQLite version number. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.VersionNumber Returns the SQLite version number. | 5.3 |
| SQL.ListCommands Returns a list of all SQL Commands. | 6.4 |
| SQL.ListConnections Returns a list of all SQL Connections. | 6.4 |
| SQL.MySQL.InsertID For MySQL Connection queries the last insert ID. | 2.9 |
| SQL.NewCommand Creates a new command. | 2.6 |
| SQL.NewConnection Initialize a new SAConnection object and returns Connection Reference. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Open Opens the specified command object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.ParamCount Returns the number of parameters associated with the command object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Prepare Validates and prepares the current command for execution. | 2.6 |
| SQL.ResetCommand Clears all DBMS related handles and sturctures but doesn't destroy them (mostly for Unix fork/exec based applications) | 2.6 |
| SQL.ResetConnection Clears all DBMS related handles and structures but doesn't destroy them. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Rollback Cancels any changes made during the current transaction and ends the transaction. | 2.6 |
| SQL.RowsAffected Queries the number of rows affected. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SQLite3.EnableLoadExtension Enables extensions on SQLite 3. | 4.4 |
| SQL.SQLite3.LastInsertRowID For SQLite3, returns the last row ID used. | 2.9 |
| SQL.SQLite3.MemoryHighwater Queries maximum memory usage so far. | 7.4 |
| SQL.SQLite3.MemoryUsed Queries memory in use by SQLite. | 7.4 |
| SQL.SQLite3.ReKey You can change the key on a database using the Rekey Function. | 5.3 |
| SQL.SQLite3.SetKey Sets the encryption key to use. | 5.3 |
| SQL.ServerVersion The long number of the currently connected server version. | 2.6 |
| SQL.ServerVersionString Gets the currently connected DBMS server version string. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetAutoCommit Enables or disables autocommit for the current connection, that is, automatic commit of every SQL command. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetClient Assigns an DBMS client for the connection. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetCommandOption Sets a string value of a specific command option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetCommandTag Sets the tag for the command. | 6.4 |
| SQL.SetCommandText Sets the command text. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetConnectionOption Sets a string value of a specific connection or command option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetConnectionTag Sets the tag for the connection. | 6.4 |
| SQL.SetFieldOption Sets a string value of a specific field option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetIsolationLevel Sets the transaction isolation level. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsBoolean Sets parameter's value as bool data. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsContainer Sets parameter's value as BLOB value with data from a container. | 3.0 |
| SQL.SetParamAsDate Sets parameter's value as Date data. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsDateTime Sets parameter's value as DateTime data. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsFloat Sets parameter's value as floating point number. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsNumber Sets parameter's value as 32-bit integer number. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsText Sets parameter's value as character string data. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsTime Sets parameter's value as Time data. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamDataType Sets parameter's data type. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamDefault Sets the default value for this parameter. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamNull Sets parameter's value as null. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamOption Sets a string value of a specific parameter option. | 8.4 |
| SQL.SetParamTypesValues Sets all parameters for a query in one call. | 5.1 |
| SQL.SetParamUnknown Sets parameter's type as unknown. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamValue Sets parameter's value. | 5.1 |
| SQL.SetParamValues Sets all parameters for a query in one call. | 5.1 |
| SQL.SetParamsWithJSON Sets parameters based on values in JSON. | 10.2 |
| SQL.isAlive Returns the database server connection status for a particular connection object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.isConnected Returns the connection state for a particular connection object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.isExecuted Whether command was executed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.isOpened Tests whether the specified command object is opened. | 2.6 |
| SQL.isResultSet Tests whether a result set exists after the command execution. | 2.6 |
| SSH.CloseChannel Closes the channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.ConfigureKeepAlive Configures keep alive probes. | 10.4 |
| SSH.Connect Connects a new socket to the given IP & Port. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Disconnect Disconnects the session. | 6.3 |
| SSH.EOF Check a channel's EOF status. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Execute Executes something on the server. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Flush Flush streams for this channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.FreeChannel Frees the SSH channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetExitState Get the remote exit code. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetIP Queries IP or domain used to connect. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetPort Queries port used to connect. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetTag Queries tag value. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetTimeout Queries timeout. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetUserName The user name we got authenticated for. | 6.3 |
| SSH.HostKey Returns the hex encoded host key. | 6.3 |
| SSH.HostKeyHash Returns the hex encoded host key hash. | 6.3 |
| SSH.IsAuthenticated Queries the authentication state. | 6.3 |
| SSH.List Lists all IDs of SSH connection objects. | 13.0 |
| SSH.New Creates a new SSH session. | 6.3 |
| SSH.OpenSession Opens a SSH channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.ReadHex Reads bytes from channel and returns them hex encoded. | 6.3 |
| SSH.ReadText Reads bytes from channel and returns them as text. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Release Frees the memory for the ssh session. | 6.3 |
| SSH.ReleaseAll Release all SSH sessions. | 10.5 |
| SSH.RequestPTY Request a PTY on an established channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.SendEOF Send EOF to remote server. | 6.3 |
| SSH.SessionHandshake Perform the SSH handshake. | 6.3 |
| SSH.SetEnv Set an environment variable on the channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.SetTag Sets the tag value. | 6.3 |
| SSH.SetTimeout Sets timeout. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Shell Request a shell on a channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Tunnel.BytesReceived Queries number of bytes received. | 8.5 |
| SSH.Tunnel.BytesSent Queries number of bytes sent. | 8.5 |
| SSH.Tunnel.Cancel Cancel the tunnel. | 8.5 |
| SSH.Tunnel.Cancelled Queries cancel state for tunnel. | 8.5 |
| SSH.Tunnel.GetConnected Queries whether tunnel is connected and transfers data. | 10.3 |
| SSH.Tunnel.GetKeepAlive Queries keep alive status. | 10.2 |
| SSH.Tunnel.Messages Queries messages from tunnel. | 8.5 |
| SSH.Tunnel.Run Creates a SSH tunnel on the session. | 8.5 |
| SSH.Tunnel.Running Queries whether tunnel is running. | 8.5 |
| SSH.Tunnel.SetKeepAlive Sets keep alive status. | 10.2 |
| SSH.UserAuthKeyboardInteractive Authenticate a session using keyboard-interactive authentication. | 6.3 |
| SSH.UserAuthList List supported authentication methods. | 6.3 |
| SSH.UserAuthPassword Authenticate a session with username and password. | 6.3 |
| SSH.UserAuthPublicKey Authenticate a session with a public key, read from memory. | 6.3 |
| SSH.UserAuthPublicKeyFile Authenticate a session with a public key, read from a file. | 6.3 |
| SSH.WaitClosed Wait for the remote to close the channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.WaitEOF Wait for the remote end to acknowledge an EOF request. | 6.3 |
| SSH.WaitSocket Waits on the socket for sending or receiving. | 6.3 |
| SSH.WriteHex Writes text to the channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.WriteText Writes text to the channel. | 6.3 |
| Schedule.Check Checks if something needs to be run. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ClearEvaluateResult Clears result of last evaluate. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ClearSQLResult Clears result of last SQL query. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.EvaluateAfterDelay Evaluates an expression after a delay. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.EvaluateAtTime Evaluates an expression at a given point in time. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.EvaluateAtTimeStamp Evaluates an expression at a given point in time. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ExecuteSQLAfterDelay Runs a SQL query in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ExecuteSQLAtTime Runs a sql query in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ExecuteSQLAtTimeStamp Runs a SQL query in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetAutoRelease Queries if scheduled item is removed from list of schedules automatically after execution. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetEnabled Queries whether schedules are enabled. | 13.3 |
| Schedule.GetEvaluate Queries the expression to evaluate. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetEvaluateResult Queries result of last evaluate. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetFileName Returns the file name for the scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetLastTimeStamp Queries the last time stamp the schedule run. | 6.2 |
| Schedule.GetRepeatDelay Queries the delay between scheduled script calls. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetRunCount Queries the number of schedule executions. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetSQL Queries the scheduled SQL command. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetSQLResult Queries result of last SQL query. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetScriptName Returns the script name for the scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetScriptParameter Returns the script parameter for the scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetTag New in 14.3 Queries the tag value. | 14.3 |
| Schedule.GetTimeStamp Queries the timestamp of next execution of schedule. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetURL Queries URL to be triggered when schedule runs. | 6.5 |
| Schedule.List Provides a list with all scheduled script starts or SQL commands. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.Release Releases schedule reference. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ReleaseAll Releases all scheduled. | 6.4 |
| Schedule.SetAutoRelease Sets if scheduled item is removed from list of schedules automatically after execution. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetEnabled Pauses or resumes all schedules. | 13.3 |
| Schedule.SetEvaluate Sets the expression to evaluate. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetFileName Sets the file name for scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetRepeatDelay Sets the repeat delay for the schedule. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetSQL Sets the SQL for the schedule. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetScriptName Sets the script name for scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetScriptParameter Sets the script parameter for scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetTag New in 14.3 Sets the tag value. | 14.3 |
| Schedule.SetTimeStamp Sets the timestamp where a schedule runs the next time. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetURL Sets the URL to query when schedule runs. | 6.5 |
| Schedule.StartScriptAfterDelay Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.StartScriptAtTime Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.StartScriptAtTimeStamp Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Screen.Height Queries screen height. | 1.0 |
| Screen.Left Queries screen position. | 1.0 |
| Screen.Scale Queries scale of screen. | 9.2 |
| Screen.Top Queries screen position. | 1.0 |
| Screen.Width Queries screen width. | 1.0 |
| SendMail.AddAttachmentContainer Adds an attachment to the email based on a container field. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddAttachmentFile Adds an attachment to the email based on a file path. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddAttachmentText Adds an attachment to the email based on a text. | 6.5 |
| SendMail.AddBCC Adds a blind copy recipient. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddCC Adds a copy recipient. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddHeader Adds an header to the email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddRecipient Adds a recipient. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddReplyTo Adds a recipient to reply to. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddTo Adds a recipient. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AttachmentCount Queries number of attachments. | 6.5 |
| SendMail.ClearAttachments Clears all attachments from this email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.ClearHeaders Clears the headers for email. | 6.1 |
| SendMail.ClearRecipients Clears all recipients. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.CreateEmail Creates a new email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.GetHTMLText Queries the html text of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetInReplyTo Queries the reply to address of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetMessageID Queries the message ID of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetPlainText Queries the plain text of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetRichText Queries the rich text of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetSMTPPassword Queries the smtp password of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetSMTPServer Queries the smtp server of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetSMTPUserName Queries the smtp username of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetSource Queries the source code for the email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.GetSubject Queries the subject of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.PrepareCURL Setups existing CURL session for an email transfer. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.Release Releases all memory used by this email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.ReleaseAll Frees all SendMail objects. | 10.5 |
| SendMail.SetFrom Sets the email from address. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetHTMLText Sets the HTML text of the new email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetInReplyTo Sets the in reply to message ID. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetMessageID Sets the message ID. | 4.4 |
| SendMail.SetPlainText Sets the plain text of the new email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetRichText Sets the enriched text of the new email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetSMTPPassword Sets the password for SMTP server authentication. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetSMTPServer Sets which SMTP server to use. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetSMTPUserName Sets the username for SMTP server authentication. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetSubject Sets the subject line. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.Sign Signs the email. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.AddFilePath Adds a file to share. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.AddImageContainer Adds an image to the share. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.AddImageFile Adds an image to the share. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.AddStyledText Adds styled text to share. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.AddText Adds text to share. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.AddURL Adds a URL to the share. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.Clear Resets the panel. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.Dismiss Dismisses the dialog. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.ErrorCode Queries error number. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.ErrorText Queries error text. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.GetEvaluate Queries the evaluation to run when sharing panel is done. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.GetExcludedActivityTypes Queries the list of activities to exclude in the panel. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.GetFileName Queries the file name of the script to run when sharing panel is done. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.GetScriptName Queries the script name of the script to run when social composer is done. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.IsPresented Checks whether panel is displayed. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.Item Queries item at index. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.ItemCount Queries number of items. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.Present Presents the sharing panel. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.RemoveAll Removes all items for sharing. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.Result Queries result of sharing panel. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.SelectedType Queries selected activity type. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.SetEvaluate Sets the expression to call when sharing panel is done. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.SetExcludedActivityTypes Sets the list of activities to exclude in the panel. | 11.4 |
| SharingPanel.SetScript Sets the script to call when sharing panel is done. | 11.4 |
| ShowURL Shows an URL. | 2.4 |
| Socket.AcceptNewConnection Accepts a new connection and returns a new socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.AddMembership Adds this socket to a multicast group. | 7.5 |
| Socket.AvailableBytes Queries number of bytes in read buffer. | 4.3 |
| Socket.Check Performs the socket event check. | 5.1 |
| Socket.CheckAll Checks status of all sockets. | 5.1 |
| Socket.ClearDataAvailableHandler Clears the data available handler. | 3.1 |
| Socket.ClearErrorHandler Clears the error handler. | 3.1 |
| Socket.ClearNewConnectionHandler Clears the new connection handler. | 7.2 |
| Socket.Close Closes a socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.CloseAll Closes all open sockets. | 4.3 |
| Socket.Connect Connects a TCP/IP socket to the given domain/IP on the given port. | 3.1 |
| Socket.DropMembership Removes this socket from a multicast group. | 7.5 |
| Socket.EnableKeepAlive Enables keep alive of TCP/IP socket. | 10.3 |
| Socket.GetBroadcast Queries whether broadcasts are allowed. | 5.3 |
| Socket.GetMulticastInterface Queries the interface to use for multicast. | 7.5 |
| Socket.GetMulticastLoop Queries whether multicast packets are also sent to the sending socket. | 5.3 |
| Socket.GetMulticastTimeToLive Queries time to live for multicast data packets. | 5.3 |
| Socket.GetReceiveBufferSize Query receive buffer size. | 11.1 |
| Socket.GetSendBufferSize Query send buffer size. | 11.1 |
| Socket.GetTag Queries the tag value of the socket. | 8.3 |
| Socket.GetTimeToLive Queries time to live for data packets. | 5.3 |
| Socket.IsClosed Checks if socket got closed. | 9.0 |
| Socket.IsListening Checks whether socket is listening. | 9.0 |
| Socket.LastError Queries the last error code for the given socket. | 4.3 |
| Socket.LastMessageIP Returns the IP from the last message received. | 3.1 |
| Socket.LastMessagePort Returns the port from the last message received. | 3.1 |
| Socket.List Liste all reference numbers for sockets. | 9.2 |
| Socket.Listen Binds the socket to the port and starts listening. | 3.1 |
| Socket.LocalIP Queries local IP. | 8.0 |
| Socket.LocalPort Queries local port number. | 8.0 |
| Socket.NewTCPSocket Creates a new TCP Socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.NewUDPSocket Creates a new UDP Socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.Peek Peeks bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 3.1 |
| Socket.PeekAll Peeks bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 4.3 |
| Socket.PeekAllHex Peeks from socket and returns them hex encoded. | 4.3 |
| Socket.PeekHex Peeks from socket and returns them hex encoded. | 3.1 |
| Socket.Read Reads bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 3.1 |
| Socket.ReadAll Reads bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 4.3 |
| Socket.ReadAllHex Reads bytes from socket and returns them hex encoded. | 4.3 |
| Socket.ReadHex Reads bytes from socket and returns them hex encoded. | 3.1 |
| Socket.ReadLine Reads a line of data from socket and returns them as text. | 4.3 |
| Socket.ReadLineHex Reads a line of data from socket and returns them as text. | 4.3 |
| Socket.ReadMLLP Reads bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 3.1 |
| Socket.RemoteIP Returns IP of the remote socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.RemotePort Returns port of the socket on the other side. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SSL.Accept Wait for a TLS/SSL client to initiate a TLS/SSL handshake. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.Connect Initiate the TLS/SSL handshake with an TLS/SSL server. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.GetMethod Queries the SSL method. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.Initialize Initializes a SSL connection. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.Prepare First step in SSL initialization. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.SetMethod Sets the SSL method for this socket. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.UseCertificateFile Defines to use a certificate key file for this SSL socket. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.UsePrivateKeyFile Defines to use a private key file for this SSL socket. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SendMessage Sends an UDP data message. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SendMessageHex Sends an UDP data message. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SetBroadcast Enables or disables whether broadcasts are allowed. | 5.3 |
| Socket.SetDataAvailableEvaluate Sets the data available evaluation for this socket. | 6.2 |
| Socket.SetDataAvailableHandler Sets the data available handler for this socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SetDataAvailableURL Sets the URL to query when data is available. | 6.5 |
| Socket.SetErrorEvaluate Sets the error expression for this socket. | 6.2 |
| Socket.SetErrorHandler Sets the error handler for this socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SetErrorURL Sets the URL to query when error happens. | 6.5 |
| Socket.SetMulticastInterface Sets the interface to use for multicast. | 7.5 |
| Socket.SetMulticastLoop Sets whether multicast packets are also sent to the sending socket. | 5.3 |
| Socket.SetMulticastTimeToLive Sets time to live for multicast data packets. | 5.3 |
| Socket.SetNewConnectionEvaluate Sets the new connection expression for this socket. | 6.2 |
| Socket.SetNewConnectionHandler Sets the new connection handler for this socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SetNewConnectionURL Sets the URL to query when new connection is received. | 6.5 |
| Socket.SetReceiveBufferSize Sets receive buffer size. | 11.1 |
| Socket.SetSendBufferSize Sets send buffer size. | 11.1 |
| Socket.SetTag Sets the tag of the socket. | 8.3 |
| Socket.SetTimeToLive Sets time to live for data packets. | 5.3 |
| Socket.Write Writes text to the socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.WriteByte Writes a single byte to the socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.WriteHex Writes text to the socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.WriteMLLP Writes text to the socket. | 3.1 |
| Speech.AttributesForVoices Queries attributes for a voice. | 11.0 |
| Speech.AvailableVoices Query the list of available voices. | 6.4 |
| Speech.IsPaused Checks whether we are paused. | 8.3 |
| Speech.IsSpeaking Queries whether text is speaking. | 7.5 |
| Speech.Pause Pauses speech. | 8.3 |
| Speech.Resume Resumes speech. | 8.3 |
| Speech.Speak Speaks text. | 6.3 |
| Speech.Stop Stops speech as soon as possible. | 11.1 |
| SpeechRecognition.AuthorizationStatus Queries authorization status. | 9.4 |
| SpeechRecognition.Initialize Initializes the Speech Recognition. | 9.4 |
| SpeechRecognition.IsInitialized Checks whether we are initialized. | 9.4 |
| SpeechRecognition.Recognize Recognizes some text. | 9.4 |
| SpeechRecognition.RequestAuthorization Requests authorization for Speech Recognition. | 9.4 |
| SpeechRecognition.SupportedLocales Queries supported locales. | 9.4 |
| SpeechRecognition.SupportsOnDeviceRecognition Queries whether on device recognition is supported. | 9.4 |
| StoreKit.AddPayment Adds a new payment to the transaction query. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.CanMakePayments Indicates whether the user is allowed to make payments. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.FinishTransaction Completes a pending transaction. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.InvalidProductIdentifiers Queries invalid product identifiers. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.IsProductViewVisible Whether the product view dialog is visible. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.ProductQueryRunning Whether a product query is running. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.Products Queries product list. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.QueryProducts Queries products. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.RequestReview Shows review dialog. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.RestoreCompletedTransactions Asks the payment queue to restore previously completed purchases. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.SetProductViewFinishedTrigger Sets trigger for product view. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.SetRestoreCompletedTransactionsTrigger Sets script triggered when transactions are restored. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.SetUpdatedTransactionsTrigger Sets the script to trigger when transactions change. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.ShowProductView Shows a new product screen to display. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.Transactions Returns an array of pending transactions as JSON. | 8.2 |
| StoreRegistration Stores registration on Mac in preferences file of FileMaker so the plugin can auto register itself on startup of FileMaker. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.FormatCalculation Reformats the calculation text. | 14.1 |
| SystemInfo.AppUsageStatistics Queries information about resource utilization. | 10.5 |
| SystemInfo.AvailableRAM Returns the size of the free RAM in bytes. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.CPUBrandString Returns the CPU brand string. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.CPULoad Queries system load statistics. | 10.5 |
| SystemInfo.ComputerName Returns the name of the computer. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.DomainName Returns the domain name of the current computer. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.DoubleClickTime Queries the double click time for this computer in seconds. | 3.1 |
| SystemInfo.HostDNSName Queries the domain name for the host name. | 5.0 |
| SystemInfo.HostName Returns the hostname for this computer. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.Is64bitWindows Checks Windows on Windows status. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.IsAdminUser Tries to check if user is admin user on the system. | 5.2 |
| SystemInfo.IsLowPowerModeEnabled Queries Low Power mode. | 11.3 |
| SystemInfo.IsiOSAppOnMac Whether the app is for iOS and runs on macOS. | 11.0 |
| SystemInfo.MacMemoryHostStatistics New in 14.3 Queries memory host statistics for macOS and iOS. | 14.3 |
| SystemInfo.MachoArchInfo Queries Macho Architecture Info. | 10.5 |
| SystemInfo.OSName Returns the name of the operating system. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.OSVersionString Returns the Name of the operating system with version. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.PhysicalRAM Returns the size of the physical RAM in bytes. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.ProcessorCount Returns the number of processors on the target system. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.Time Returns current system time stamp as double. | 3.0 |
| SystemInfo.isARM Whether CPU is ARM based. | 10.3 |
| SystemInfo.isBigSur Whether the operation system is macOS 11 Big Sur or newer. | 10.3 |
| SystemInfo.isCatalina Whether the operation system is macOS 10.15 Catalina or newer. | 9.3 |
| SystemInfo.isHighSierra Whether the operation system is macOS 10.13 High Sierra or newer. | 7.5 |
| SystemInfo.isMacOSX Returns 1 if being called on macOS. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isMojave Whether the operation system is macOS 10.14 Mojave or newer. | 8.4 |
| SystemInfo.isMonterey Whether the operation system is MacOS 12 Monterey or newer. | 11.3 |
| SystemInfo.isSequoia New in 14.3 Whether the operation system is macOS 15 Sequoia or newer. | 14.3 |
| SystemInfo.isSonoma Whether the operation system is macOS 14 Sonoma or newer. | 13.3 |
| SystemInfo.isTranslated Queries whether application is translated on Apple Silicon Macs. | 10.3 |
| SystemInfo.isVentura Whether the operation system is macOS 13 Ventura or newer. | 12.3 |
| SystemInfo.isWindows10 Returns 1 if called on Windows 10 or higher. | 5.2 |
| SystemInfo.isWindows11 Returns 1 if called on Windows 11. | 11.4 |
| SystemInfo.isWindows8 Returns 1 if called on Windows 8. | 2.8 |
| TOTP.Calculate Calculates a Time-based one-time password. | 12.3 |
| TOTP.CurrentTime Queries current time. | 12.3 |
| TOTP.DecodeFromBase32 Decode a base 32 string. | 13.4 |
| TOTP.EncodeToBase32 Encode a base32 string. | 13.4 |
| Text.AddLineNumbers Adds line numbers to text. | 8.3 |
| Text.AppendTextFile Appends a text file with the given text. | 2.8 |
| Text.CapitalCase Converts text to capital case letters. | 5.1 |
| Text.Character Creates a character with given number. | 5.2 |
| Text.Characters Returns the character codes. | 5.2 |
| Text.Code Queries the number of a character. | 5.2 |
| Text.Concat Creates a text with concatenating all the given parameters. | 11.5 |
| Text.ConcatWithDelimiter Creates a text with concatenating all the given parameters. | 13.3 |
| Text.ConvertFromTextEncoding Converts text from a text encoding. | 9.4 |
| Text.ConvertToTextEncoding Converts text into a text encoding. | 9.4 |
| Text.ConvertUnicodeToCharacterComposition Converts text by applying unicode character normalization. | 5.2 |
| Text.ConvertUnicodeToCharacterDecomposition Converts text by applying unicode character normalization. | 5.2 |
| Text.CountWords Counts words. | 8.1 |
| Text.DecodeBytesFromBase64 Decodes base64 string and encodes it as byte values. | 3.0 |
| Text.DecodeFromBase64 Decode a base 64 string. | 3.0 |
| Text.DecodeFromBase64URL Decode a base 64 URL string. | 7.5 |
| Text.DecodeFromBytes Decode a byte string. | 3.0 |
| Text.DecodeFromHTML Decodes html text. | 2.4 |
| Text.DecodeFromHex Decode a hex string. | 2.4 |
| Text.DecodeFromQuotedPrintable Decodes a string with quoted printable encoding. | 4.3 |
| Text.DecodeFromURL Decode an URL string. | 2.6 |
| Text.DecodeFromXML Decodes xml text. | 4.3 |
| Text.DecodeHexFromBase64 Decodes base64 string and encodes it as hex values. | 3.0 |
| Text.DecodeIMAPFolderName Decodes text from IMAP UTF-7. | 9.2 |
| Text.DecodeURLComponent Decodes an URL component. | 3.1 |
| Text.Deserialize Restores a styled text. | 5.4 |
| Text.EncodeBytesToBase64 Encodes string with byte values to base 64. | 3.0 |
| Text.EncodeEmailSubject Encodes an email subject. | 4.3 |
| Text.EncodeHexToBase64 Encodes hex string to base 64. | 3.0 |
| Text.EncodeToBase64 Encode a base64 string. | 3.0 |
| Text.EncodeToBase64URL Encode a base64 URL string. | 7.5 |
| Text.EncodeToBytes Encode a byte string. | 3.0 |
| Text.EncodeToHTML Encodes text as html. | 2.4 |
| Text.EncodeToHex Encode a hex string. | 2.4 |
| Text.EncodeToQuotedPrintable Returns a string with quoted printable characters. | 4.3 |
| Text.EncodeToURL Encode an URL string. | 2.6 |
| Text.EncodeToXML Encodes text as xml. | 4.3 |
| Text.EncodeURLComponent Encodes an URL component. | 3.1 |
| Text.FileExtensionToMimeType Finds a mime type for a file extension. | 5.4 |
| Text.FilterASCII Filters text to ASCII. | 10.4 |
| Text.FilterUTF16 Filters text to UTF-16. | 9.3 |
| Text.FindBetween Searches text for text between the two search strings. | 3.0 |
| Text.FromStyles Creates styled text from JSON made with Text.Style. | 11.3 |
| Text.HTMLtoJSON New in 14.4 Parses HTML and transforms to JSON. | 14.4 |
| Text.IdentifyData Checks file type from the data. | 14.0 |
| Text.InvalidCharactersForEncoding Looks for invalid characters for an encoding. | 5.2 |
| Text.JaroWinklerDistance Calculates the string distance. | 2.9 |
| Text.LeftTrim Trims whitespace on the left side. | 14.2 |
| Text.Length Query length of text. | 7.2 |
| Text.LevenshteinDistance Calculates the string distance. | 2.9 |
| Text.List Creates a list with all the given parameters. | 11.5 |
| Text.ListWords Split words and list them. | 8.1 |
| Text.LowerCase Converts text to lower case letters. | 5.1 |
| Text.MergeFields Merge field and variable names into text. | 8.5 |
| Text.MimeTypeToFileExtension Returns file extension for given mime type. | 5.4 |
| Text.RTFToText Parses RTF to styled text. | 11.3 |
| Text.ReadEMLXFile Reads email text from emlx file. | 5.3 |
| Text.ReadTextFile Reads a text file. | 2.4 |
| Text.ReadTextFromContainer Reads content of container value as text. | 4.4 |
| Text.RedefineEncoding Takes a text in a given encoding and reencodes it with other encoding. | 5.2 |
| Text.RemoveAccents Returns text without accents. | 2.1 |
| Text.RemoveAccentsCaseInsensitive Returns text without accents. | 2.1 |
| Text.RemoveControlCharacters Removes control characters. | 5.1 |
| Text.RemoveNewLine Removes newline characters from string. | 2.4 |
| Text.RemovePostfix Removes the postfix from text. | 6.1 |
| Text.RemovePrefix Removes the prefix from text. | 6.1 |
| Text.ReplaceAll Find & Replace all occurrences of a text. | 7.3 |
| Text.ReplaceNewline Replaces newline characters. | 2.4 |
| Text.Reverse Reverses the order of characters in the text. | 12.1 |
| Text.RightTrim Trims whitespace on the right side. | 14.2 |
| Text.Serialize Serializes styled text as text. | 5.4 |
| Text.SoundEx Returns soundex string for the given text. | 2.1 |
| Text.SoundExGerman Returns soundex string for the given text. | 3.5 |
| Text.Styles Queries style information as JSON. | 9.3 |
| Text.TextToHTML Creates HTML text for a given FileMaker formatted styled text. | 4.3 |
| Text.TextToRTF Creates RTF text for a given FileMaker formatted styled text. | 2.4 |
| Text.Tidy New in 14.4 Performs tidy on XML or HTML. | 14.4 |
| Text.TidyErrorLog New in 14.4 Queries the error log for the last call to the Text.Tidy function. | 14.4 |
| Text.Trim Trims whitespace on the left and right side. | 8.2 |
| Text.UpperCase Converts text to upper case letters. | 5.1 |
| Text.WriteTextFile Writes a text file with the given text. | 2.4 |
| Text.WriteToContainer Write a text as a FILE in a container. | 4.4 |
| TextView.AppendStyledText Appends the styled text. | 10.4 |
| TextView.CanUndo Whether undo is possible currently. | 9.2 |
| TextView.Copy Performs copy operation. | 9.2 |
| TextView.CreateWithControl Creates a new text view on the given window covering the area of the given control. | 9.2 |
| TextView.CreateWithSize Creates a new text view inside the window with the given rectangle. | 9.2 |
| TextView.Cut Performs cut operation. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetAutoCorrectionEnabled Queries auto correction setting. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetAutoResizingMask Queries auto resizing mask. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetHTMLText Queries HTML text. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetHeight Queries current height of text view. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetLeft Queries current position of the text view. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetPlainText Queries plain text. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetRTF Queries RTF text. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetReadOnly Queries read only flag. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetSelectedHTMLText Queries HTML text. | 10.5 |
| TextView.GetSelectedPlainText Queries plain text. | 10.5 |
| TextView.GetSelectedRTF Queries RTF text. | 10.5 |
| TextView.GetSelectedStyledText Queries styled text. | 10.5 |
| TextView.GetSelectionLength Queries length of selection. | 10.5 |
| TextView.GetSelectionStart Queries start of selection. | 10.5 |
| TextView.GetSpellCheckingEnabled Queries spell checking setting. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetStyled Queries styled flag. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetStyledText Queries styled text. | 10.4 |
| TextView.GetTag Queries the tag string for this text view. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetTop Queries current position of the text view. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetVisible Queries current visibility state. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetWidth Queries current width of the text view. | 9.2 |
| TextView.GetWindowRef Queries the window where this text view is located. | 9.2 |
| TextView.List Queries list of all currently active text views. | 9.2 |
| TextView.Paste Performs paste operation. | 9.2 |
| TextView.Release Releases the text view and reclaims memory. | 9.2 |
| TextView.ReleaseAll A convenience method to release all text views. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetAutoCorrectionEnabled Sets auto correction setting. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetAutoResizingMask Sets the auto resizing mask. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetFocus Sets focus to the text view. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetFrame Sets a new frame for the text view. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetFrameWithControl Repositions text view to given control. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetHTMLText Sets text with HTML. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetPlainText Sets the plain text. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetRTF Sets text with RTF. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetReadOnly Sets read only flag. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetSelectedHTMLText Sets text with HTML. | 10.5 |
| TextView.SetSelectedPlainText Sets the plain text. | 10.5 |
| TextView.SetSelectedRTF Sets text with RTF. | 10.5 |
| TextView.SetSelectedStyledText Sets the styled text. | 10.5 |
| TextView.SetSelection Sets selection. | 10.5 |
| TextView.SetSelectionLength Sets selection length. | 10.5 |
| TextView.SetSelectionStart Sets selection start. | 10.5 |
| TextView.SetSpellCheckingEnabled Sets the spell checking setting. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetStyled Sets styled flag. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetStyledText Sets the styled text. | 10.4 |
| TextView.SetTag Sets the tag string for this text view. | 9.2 |
| TextView.SetVisible Hides or shows the text view. | 9.2 |
| TextView.Undo Performs undo operation. | 9.2 |
| Time.Format Formats a date with C time formatting functions. | 6.4 |
| Time.Parse Parses a date. | 6.4 |
| Time.Sleep Delays execution for the given number of milliseconds. | 4.1 |
| Time.TimeStampToUTC Converts timestamp to UTC. | 6.1 |
| Time.TimeZoneOffset Queries time zone offset. | 9.1 |
| Time.UnixTimeStamp Returns the unix time stamp. | 3.1 |
| Time.UnixTimeStampToFileMaker Converts time from unix to FileMaker. | 8.3 |
| Time.Wait Waits for the given number of milliseconds. | 11.2 |
| Trace Starts logging all plugin calls to a text file. | 2.4 |
| Trace.GetErrorsOnly Queries whether to trace only errors. | 9.3 |
| Trace.GetServerLogPath Queries server log path. | 10.4 |
| Trace.GetWithTimes Queries whether to trace with times. | 9.3 |
| Trace.IsEnabled Queries trace on/off status. | 11.2 |
| Trace.IsPaused Queries pause state of trace function. | 11.2 |
| Trace.Off Disables tracing. | 3.3 |
| Trace.Path Queries current trace path. | 11.2 |
| Trace.Pause Pauses trace logging until you resume. | 11.2 |
| Trace.Resume Resumes trace logging. | 11.2 |
| Trace.SetErrorsOnly Sets whether to only log trace. | 9.3 |
| Trace.SetServerLogPath Enables logging per thread for server. | 10.4 |
| Trace.SetWithTimes Sets whether to include times in traces. | 9.3 |
| Trace.WriteLine Adds line to trace logging. | 9.1 |
| UNNotification.Action Queries identifier of action. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.AddFile Adds an attachment to the notification. | 10.4 |
| UNNotification.AddImage Adds an attachment to the notification. | 10.4 |
| UNNotification.AddUserInfo Adds user info. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.AuthorizationError Queries error for notification authorization. | 7.3 |
| UNNotification.AuthorizationGranted Queries whether notifications are allowed. | 7.3 |
| UNNotification.Badge Queries badge number. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.Body Queries the body of the notification. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.CategoryIdentifier Queries the category identifier. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.Date Queries the date displayed on the notification. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.Deliver Delivers notification now. | 9.3 |
| UNNotification.DeliveredNotifications Queries list of delivered notifications. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.GetDescription Queries description of notification. | 9.3 |
| UNNotification.Identifier Queries identifier. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.IsRegisteredForRemoteNotifications Checks whether we can get remote notifications. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.LaunchImageName Queries launch image name. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.List Lists all IDs of notification objects. | 13.0 |
| UNNotification.New Creates a new notification. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.NextTriggerDate Quereis next trigger date. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.NotificationSettings Checks notification settings. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.PendingNotificationRequests Queries list of pending notifications. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.Region Queries region of location based trigger. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.Release Release reference to notification. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.ReleaseAll Releases all notifications. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.RemoteNotificationsDeviceToken Queries device token. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.RemoteNotificationsError Queries the error from remote notification registration. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.RemoveAllDeliveredNotifications Removes all delivered notifications from system. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.RemoveAllPendingNotificationRequests Removed all pending notification requests. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.RemoveDeliveredNotificationsWithIdentifiers Removes delivered notifications from system. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.RemovePendingNotificationRequestsWithIdentifiers Removed pending notification requests. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.Repeats Queries repeat status. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.Schedule Schedule notification. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetActionScript Sets which script to call when a notification’s action is triggered. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetBadge Sets the badge number. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetBody Sets the body of the notification. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetCalendarDateTrigger Sets a calendar based trigger. | 9.3 |
| UNNotification.SetCalendarTrigger Sets a calendar based trigger. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetCategoryIdentifier Sets the category identifier. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetLaunchImageName Sets the launch image name. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetLocationTrigger Sets a location trigger. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetNFCScript Sets NFC trigger script. | 9.4 |
| UNNotification.SetScript Sets which script to call when a notification is presented. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetSound Sets the sound to play. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetSubTitle Sets the subtitle of the notification. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetThreadIdentifier Sets thread identifier. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetTimeIntervalTrigger Sets a time base trigger. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SetTitle Sets title of notification. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.SubTitle Queries subtitle of notification. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.ThreadIdentifier Queries thread identifier. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.TimeInterval Queries time interval for time based trigger. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.Title Queries title of notification. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.Type Queries type of notification. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.UserInfoKeys Queries keys for user info. | 7.2 |
| UNNotification.UserInfoValue Queries value for given key in user info. | 7.2 |
| UUID.Formatted Creates a new UUID/GUID and returns it as a formatted string. | 2.3 |
| UUID.FromNumber Converts from formatted UUID to UUID number. | 8.2 |
| UUID.Hex Creates a new UUID/GUID and returns it as a hex string. | 2.3 |
| UUID.Number Creates new UUID number. | 8.2 |
| UUID.Raw Creates a new UUID/GUID and returns it as a 16 byte string. The string is not for displaying to users, but for small footprint on storage. | 2.3 |
| UUID.ToNumber Converts from UUID number to formatted UUID. | 8.2 |
| UnZipFile.Close Closes the current zip file. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.GlobalComment Reads the global comment of the zip archive. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemCRC Queries the checksum for a file. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemComment Queries the file comment of the given item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemCompressedSize Queries compressed item size. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemCompressionMethod Queries the compression method used for this item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemCount Queries number of items in the archive. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemDate Queries file date of item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemDiskNumberStart Queries the disk number start. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemExternalFileAttributes Queries the external file attributes for this item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemFlag Queries the flags for this item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemInternalFileAttributes Queries the internal file attributes for this item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemName Queries the file name of the given item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemSizeFileComment Queries the size of the comment in bytes. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemSizeFileExtra Queries the size of extra file data. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemSizeFileName Queries the size of the file name. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemUncompressedSize Queries uncompressed item size. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemVersion Queries the version number of the zip format used to create this entry. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemVersionNeeded Returns the version needed to uncompress this entry. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsFileContainer Reads the file with given index as container value with data. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsGIFContainer Reads the file with given index as container value with GIF data. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsHex Reads the file with given index as data and return hex text. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsJPEGContainer Reads the file with given index as container value with JPEG data. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsPNGContainer Reads the file with given index as container value with PNG data. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsText Reads the file with given index as text. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadToFile Reads file from archive and writes it to a new file. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.UsePassword Sets the password to use for uncompressing. | 5.1 |
| Unregister Unregisters the plugin license. | 1.6 |
| Version Useful for doing auto-updates from server and version checking. | 1.0 |
| VersionAutoUpdate Returns the version in the auto update format. e.g. 02040028 | 2.4 |
| Vision.ClassifyImage Classifies content of image. | 9.4 |
| Vision.DetectBarcode Detects barcodes in images. | 9.4 |
| Vision.KnownClassifications Queries classifications. | 9.4 |
| Vision.RecognizeText Recognizes text. | 9.4 |
| Vision.RecognizeTextJSON Recognizes text and returns result as JSON. | 13.2 |
| Vision.SupportedRecognitionLanguages Queries supported languages. | 9.4 |
| Vision.SupportedSymbologies Queries list of supported barcode types. | 9.4 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.Cancel Cancels download. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ClearBeginDownloadHandler Clears the script called for beginning downloads. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ClearDidDownloadHandler Clears the script called for finished downloads. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ClearFailHandler Clears the script called for failed downloads. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ClearFolder Clears the download folder. | 2.8 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ClearProgressHandler Clears the script called for download progress. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.DownloadedLength Number of bytes downloaded so far. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ErrorMessage The last error message from download. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.GetFolder Queries current defined download folder. | 2.8 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.Install Assigns this web viewer our download delegate. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.MIMEType Returns the MIME type. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.Path The file path of the downloaded file. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.SetBeginDownloadHandler Sets the script called when a download is about to begin. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.SetDidDownloadHandler Sets the script called when a download finished. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.SetFailHandler Sets the script called when a download failed. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.SetFolder Sets the download folder. | 2.8 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.SetProgressHandler Sets the script called when a download made progress. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.URL Queries current URL. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.expectedContentLength Returns the expected content length. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.suggestedFilename Returns a suggested filename. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.textEncodingName Returns the name of the receiver's text encoding provided by the response's originating source. | 2.7 |
| WebHook.Check Checks whether a web hook has been triggered. | 11.5 |
| WebHook.Create Creates a new web hook object. | 11.5 |
| WebHook.GetAutoAnswer Queries auto answer. | 11.5 |
| WebHook.GetCertificateFile Queries file path for certificate file. | 11.5 |
| WebHook.GetConnectionCounter Queries number of connections accepted. | 11.5 |
| WebHook.GetFileName Queries file name for the trigger script. | 11.5 |
| WebHook.GetMaximumRequestSize Queries maximum allowed request size. | 12.1 |
| WebHook.GetMode Queries keep open flag. | 11.5 |
| WebHook.GetPort Queries listening port for a web hook. | 11.5 |
| WebHook.GetPrivateKeyFile Queries file path for private key file. | 11.5 |
| WebHook.GetSSL Whether SSL is enabled. | 11.5 |
| WebHook.GetScriptName Queries script name for the trigger script. | 11.5 |
| WebHook.GetTag New in 14.4 Queries the tag value. | 14.4 |
| WebHook.GetTimeOut Queries the timeout for the hook. | 12.0 |
| WebHook.GetWebRequestCounter Queries number of web requests created. | 11.5 |
| WebHook.List Lists all web hook objects with their reference numbers. | 11.5 |
| WebHook.Listen Starts listening for incoming requests on this port. | 11.5 |
| WebHook.Release Releases the object and all memory used for it. | 11.5 |
| WebHook.SetAutoAnswer Sets auto answer text. | 11.5 |
| WebHook.SetMaximumRequestSize Sets maximum allowed request size. | 12.1 |
| WebHook.SetMode Sets mode flags. | 11.5 |
| WebHook.SetSSL Sets SSL certificate and key to use. | 11.5 |
| WebHook.SetScript Sets the script to call when request was received. | 11.5 |
| WebHook.SetTag New in 14.4 Sets the tag value. | 14.4 |
| WebHook.SetTimeOut Sets the timeout for the hook. | 12.0 |
| WebRequest.GetBody Queries body for HTTP request. | 11.5 |
| WebRequest.GetBodyAsContainer Queries body for HTTP request as container. | 11.5 |
| WebRequest.GetBodySize Queries size of body in bytes. | 12.1 |
| WebRequest.GetHTTPMethod Queries HTTP method for the request. | 11.5 |
| WebRequest.GetHTTPVersion Queries HTTP method. | 11.5 |
| WebRequest.GetHeaders Queries HTTP headers as JSON. | 11.5 |
| WebRequest.GetHost Queries host name from HTTP headers. | 11.5 |
| WebRequest.GetLocalIP Queries local IP for web hook. | 11.5 |
| WebRequest.GetLocalPort Queries local port number | 11.5 |
| WebRequest.GetMode Queries mode of request. | 13.0 |
| WebRequest.GetRawData Get raw data of full request. | 11.5 |
| WebRequest.GetRemoteIP Queries remote IP address. | 11.5 |
| WebRequest.GetRemotePort Queries remote port number. | 11.5 |
| WebRequest.GetSSL Whether this web request comes in with SSL. | 11.5 |
| WebRequest.GetSize Queries size of whole request. | 12.1 |
| WebRequest.GetState Queries the state of the web request. | 12.0 |
| WebRequest.GetTag New in 14.4 Queries the tag value. | 14.4 |
| WebRequest.GetURL Queries HTTP URL received. | 11.5 |
| WebRequest.GetWebHook Queries the web hook for this web request. | 11.5 |
| WebRequest.List Lists all web request objects with their reference numbers. | 11.5 |
| WebRequest.Release Releases the object and all memory used for it. | 11.5 |
| WebRequest.Send Send custom answer. | 11.5 |
| WebRequest.SetTag New in 14.4 Sets the tag value. | 14.4 |
| WebRequest.URLComponents Queries parsed URL components. | 11.5 |
| WebView.AddScriptMessageHandler Adds a script message handler. | 8.0 |
| WebView.AddUserScript Adds a user script. | 9.5 |
| WebView.AllCookies Returns all website cookies as JSON. | 8.4 |
| WebView.CallFunction Calls a JavaScript function. | 10.0 |
| WebView.CanResetPageZoom Whether web page can be reset. | 4.1 |
| WebView.CanZoomPageIn Whether web page can be zoomed in. | 4.1 |
| WebView.CanZoomPageOut Whether web page can be zoomed out. | 4.1 |
| WebView.ClickInput Clicks the specified Input Element. | 1.4 |
| WebView.Close Closes a custom web view. | 7.4 |
| WebView.Copy Copies current text selection to clipboard. | 7.4 |
| WebView.CopyFormattedText Copies formatted text from web view to clipboard. | 3.1 |
| WebView.Create Creates a new web view inside the window with the given rectangle. | 7.4 |
| WebView.CreateWithControl Creates a new web view inside the window with the given placeholder control. | 10.3 |
| WebView.Cut Cuts current text selection. | 7.4 |
| WebView.EstimatedProgress Returns the estimated progress of the web viewer. | 1.4 |
| WebView.Evaluate Evaluates a JavaScript expression. | 10.0 |
| WebView.FindByName Returns a unique ID that references a the web viewer. | 1.3 |
| WebView.FindWindowByIndex Returns the Window Reference for a window specified by the Index parameter. | 1.3 |
| WebView.FindWindowByTitle Returns the Window Reference for a window specified by the Index parameter. | 1.3 |
| WebView.FormReset Resets the Specified Form. | 1.4 |
| WebView.FormSubmit Submits the specified Form | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetAllowsLinkPreview Whether to allow link previews. | 9.3 |
| WebView.GetAutoResizingMask Queries auto resizing mask. | 7.5 |
| WebView.GetCustomUserAgent Queries the current custom user agent string. | 2.9 |
| WebView.GetDrawsBackground Whether to the WebView draws background. | 11.5 |
| WebView.GetEditable Queries the editable state. | 3.0 |
| WebView.GetForm Returns the name of the form with the given index. | 1.6 |
| WebView.GetFormButtonValue Gets the value of the specified Button. | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetFormCount Returns the number of forms on the website which is currently visible in the web viewer. | 1.6 |
| WebView.GetFormInputChecked Returns the value of the specified check box or radiobutton. | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetFormInputValue Returns the value of the specified Input Form. | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetFormSelectOptions Queries the possible values of a select element. | 3.1 |
| WebView.GetFormSelectValue Gets the value of a select element, such as a list or a combo box or a menu. | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetFormTextAreaValue Returns the value of the specified text area. | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetFormValue Returns the value from the Specified Field. | 1.3 |
| WebView.GetFormattedText Queries the current text of the document. | 5.0 |
| WebView.GetHTMLText Queries the current HTML of the document. | 2.8 |
| WebView.GetImage Returns a property of the image with the given index. | 2.2 |
| WebView.GetImageCount Returns the number of images on the current webpage. | 2.2 |
| WebView.GetLink Returns a property of the link with the given index. | 1.8 |
| WebView.GetLinkCount Returns the number of links on the current webpage. | 1.8 |
| WebView.GetPageSizeMultiplier Queries the page size multiplier. | 4.1 |
| WebView.GetPlainText Queries the current text of the document. | 3.1 |
| WebView.GetPreferences Queries WebView preferences parameters. | 2.2 |
| WebView.GetSource Queries the html source from the web viewer. | 1.5 |
| WebView.GetSourceData Queries the source data from the web viewer. | 2.1 |
| WebView.GetTitle Returns the current title of the web page that is being displayed by the specified WebViewer. | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetURL Queries the current document URL in the WebViewer. | 2.2 |
| WebView.GoBack Moves backward a page in the history. | 2.4 |
| WebView.GoForward Moves forward a page in the history. | 2.4 |
| WebView.HasOnlySecureContent Queries whether website is secure. | 9.3 |
| WebView.HasParent Checks whether WebView has parent control. | 12.1 |
| WebView.InstallUserMediaAccess Enables user media access. | 10.2 |
| WebView.IsLoading This function returns True if the Specified web viewer is still loading. | 1.4 |
| WebView.LoadHTML Loads HTML string to WebViewer. | 3.0 |
| WebView.LoadJavascriptURL Loads the given JavaScript URL into the WebViewer. | 2.1 |
| WebView.LoadURL Loads the given URL into the WebViewer. | 2.1 |
| WebView.MakeTextLarger Increases the text size. | 4.1 |
| WebView.MakeTextSmaller Decreases the text size. | 4.1 |
| WebView.MakeTextStandardSize Sets text to standard size. | 4.1 |
| WebView.Paste Pastes text from clipboard. | 7.4 |
| WebView.PostURL Navigates to a resource identified by a URL or to a file identified by a full path. | 10.1 |
| WebView.Print Prints the current web view content. | 1.8 |
| WebView.PrintPreview Shows the print preview dialog from Internet Explorer. | 2.6 |
| WebView.Release Releases a web viewer iD. | 1.4 |
| WebView.Reload Reloads the WebViewer. | 1.4 |
| WebView.RemoveAllUserScripts Removes all associated user scripts. | 9.5 |
| WebView.RemoveScriptMessageHandler Removes a script message handler. | 8.0 |
| WebView.RenderImage Renders the WebViewer to a picture. | 2.1 |
| WebView.ResetPageZoom Resets the web page zoom. | 4.1 |
| WebView.RunJavaScript Executes the Javascript on the specified webViewer control. | 1.3 |
| WebView.RunJavaScriptReturnTitle Run the specified JavaScript and then returns the value of the title property to FileMaker. | 1.4 |
| WebView.Screenshot Takes a screenshot of the area used by the WebViewer. | 3.0 |
| WebView.Scrollbar.getHorizontalMaximum Queries maximum value for horizontal scrollbar. | 5.0 |
| WebView.Scrollbar.getHorizontalPosition Queries current value for horizontal scrollbar. | 5.0 |
| WebView.Scrollbar.getVerticalMaximum Queries maximum value for vertical scrollbar. | 5.0 |
| WebView.Scrollbar.getVerticalPosition Queries current value for vertical scrollbar. | 5.0 |
| WebView.Scrollbar.set Scrolls to the given coordinates. | 5.0 |
| WebView.SelectAll Selects all text in web viewer. | 7.4 |
| WebView.SelectedText Queries text of current selection. | 5.0 |
| WebView.SetAllowsLinkPreview Set whether to allow link previews. | 9.3 |
| WebView.SetAutoResizingMask Sets the auto resizing mask. | 7.5 |
| WebView.SetDrawsBackground Whether to the WebView draws background. | 11.5 |
| WebView.SetEditable Sets whether the web viewer allows the user to edit its HTML document. | 3.0 |
| WebView.SetFocus Sets focus to web viewer. | 9.4 |
| WebView.SetFormButtonValue Sets the value of a Button on the specified form | 1.4 |
| WebView.SetFormInputChecked Sets the value of the specified Check Box or Radiobutton. | 1.4 |
| WebView.SetFormInputValue Sets the value of the specified input element | 1.4 |
| WebView.SetFormSelectValue Sets the value of a select element, such as a list or a combo box or a menu. | 1.4 |
| WebView.SetFormTextAreaValue Sets the value of a Text Area Element. | 1.4 |
| WebView.SetFormValue Set the value of the specified Field in a WebViewer. | 1.3 |
| WebView.SetFrameWithControl Repositions web view to given placeholder control. | 10.3 |
| WebView.SetPageSizeMultiplier Sets the page size multiplier. | 4.1 |
| WebView.SetPreferences Sets WebView preferences parameters. | 2.2 |
| WebView.SetPrintParameter Sets print parameters for Webview.Print method. | 2.1 |
| WebView.SetTitle Sets the title of the web page that is currently being displayed in the web Viewer. | 1.4 |
| WebView.StopLoading Stops loading all resources on the current page. | 9.3 |
| WebView.UserScripts Queries list of user scripts. | 9.5 |
| WebView.Version Queries WebKit version for web viewer. | 10.3 |
| WebView.ZoomPageIn Zooms web page in. | 4.1 |
| WebView.ZoomPageOut Zooms web page out. | 4.1 |
| WinPDF.GeneratePreview Adds preview to an existing PDF container. | 13.2 |
| Window.Screenshot Creates screenshot from a window. | 5.4 |
| Window.Scrollbar.getHorizontalMaximum Queries maximum value for horizontal scrollbar. | 6.2 |
| Window.Scrollbar.getHorizontalPosition Queries current value for horizontal scrollbar. | 6.2 |
| Window.Scrollbar.getVerticalMaximum Queries maximum value for vertical scrollbar. | 6.2 |
| Window.Scrollbar.getVerticalPosition Queries current value for vertical scrollbar. | 6.2 |
| Window.Scrollbar.set Scrolls to the given coordinates. | 6.2 |
| WordFile.Append Appends one word file text to other. | 7.5 |
| WordFile.AppendTableRow Duplicates and appends a table row containing a placeholder. | 7.1 |
| WordFile.Contains Checks if some text exists in the document. | 11.4 |
| WordFile.DuplicateTableRow Duplicates a table row containing a placeholder. | 7.1 |
| WordFile.FieldNames Queries field names in the file. | 7.5 |
| WordFile.GetCaseless Queries caseless state. | 7.4 |
| WordFile.GetFieldText Queries field value. | 7.5 |
| WordFile.GetMediaFile Queries media file in word file. | 6.3 |
| WordFile.GetXML Queries xml content of the word file. | 6.2 |
| WordFile.HasTag Checks if a tag exists. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.List Lists all IDs of word file objects. | 13.0 |
| WordFile.MediaFiles Queries list of media files in the word file. | 6.3 |
| WordFile.OpenContainer Opens a word file from container. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.OpenFile Opens a word file from file. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.OpenText Opens a word xml file from text. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.Parts Queries names of the parts of the document. | 6.2 |
| WordFile.Release Frees the memory used for the word file. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.ReleaseAll Releases all word file objects. | 10.5 |
| WordFile.RemoveTableRow Removes a table row containing a placeholder. | 7.0 |
| WordFile.ReplaceTag Replaces a placeholder with text. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.SetCaseless Sets caseless state. | 7.4 |
| WordFile.SetFieldText Sets field value. | 7.5 |
| WordFile.SetMarkers Sets the markers to look for before/after a tag. | 6.3 |
| WordFile.SetMediaFile Sets a media file image. | 6.3 |
| WordFile.SetXML Sets the xml for this word file. | 6.2 |
| WordFile.Substitute Replaces some text in the document with new text. | 11.4 |
| WordFile.Tags Queries list of tags. | 12.2 |
| WordFile.Texts Extracts text of word file. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.WriteContainer Writes a file to container. | 11.4 |
| WordFile.WriteFile Writes a file to disk. | 5.4 |
| X509.Description Provides a description of the certificate. | 7.0 |
| X509.Duplicate Creates a copy of the certificate. | 7.0 |
| X509.IssuerName The issuer name. | 7.0 |
| X509.List Lists all IDs of X509 objects. | 13.0 |
| X509.Name The name of the certificate. | 7.0 |
| X509.Read Reads a PEM certificate from text. | 7.0 |
| X509.ReadFromContainer Reads a certificate from a container value. | 7.0 |
| X509.ReadFromFile Reads a certificate from a PEM file. | 7.0 |
| X509.Release Releases the certificate from memory. | 7.0 |
| X509.ReleaseAll Release all certificates. | 10.5 |
| X509.SerialNumber Queries the serial number. | 7.0 |
| X509.SubjectName The subject name. | 7.0 |
| X509.ValidNotAfter The date where the certificate expires. | 10.3 |
| X509.ValidNotBefore The date where the certificate was created. | 10.3 |
| X509.Version Queries the version of the file. | 7.0 |
| X509.Write Writes certificate. | 9.1 |
| XL.Book.AddConditionalFormat Adds a new conditional format to the workbook for using with conditional formatting rules. | 14.2 |
| XL.Book.AddCustomNumFormat Adds a new custom number format to the workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.AddFont Adds a new font to the workbook, initial parameters can be copied from other font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.AddFontFromBook Copies a font definition. | 11.2 |
| XL.Book.AddFormat Adds a new format to the workbook, initial parameters can be copied from other format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.AddFormatFromBook Copies a format definition. | 11.2 |
| XL.Book.AddPictureContainer Adds a picture to the workbook from container. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.AddPictureFile Adds a picture to the workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.AddSheet Adds a new sheet to this book, returns the sheet index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.BiffVersion Returns BIFF version of binary file. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.CustomNumFormat Returns a custom format string for specified custom format identifier fmt. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.DeleteSheet Deletes a sheet with specified index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.DeleteSheetsExcept Deletes all sheets except the one with given name. | 5.4 |
| XL.Book.FontCount Returns a number of fonts in this book. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.FormatCount Returns a number of formats in this book. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetActiveSheet Returns an active sheet index in this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetCalcMode Queries current calculation mode. | 10.2 |
| XL.Book.GetDefaultFontName Returns a default font name for this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetDefaultFontSize Returns a default font size for this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetPicture Returns a picture at position index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetPictureType Returns a picture type at position index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetRGBMode Returns whether the RGB mode is active. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetRefR1C1 Returns whether the R1C1 reference mode is active. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetText Queries the text of a workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.InsertSheet Inserts a new sheet to this book at position index, returns the new sheet index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.IsDate1904 Returns whether the 1904 date system is active. | 7.2 |
| XL.Book.IsTemplate Returns whether the workbook is template. | 7.2 |
| XL.Book.IsWriteProtected Queries whether the workbook is marked as read-only. | 13.1 |
| XL.Book.MoveSheet Moves a sheet. | 7.2 |
| XL.Book.PictureCount Returns a number of pictures in this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.Release Frees a workbook from memory. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.ReleaseAll Releases all books from memory. | 10.0 |
| XL.Book.Save Writes excel file to container for storing in database. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SaveToFile Saves current workbook into xls-file. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SetActiveSheet Sets an active sheet index in this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SetCalcMode Sets the current calculation mode. | 10.2 |
| XL.Book.SetDate1904 Sets the date system mode. | 7.2 |
| XL.Book.SetDefaultFont Sets a default font name and size for this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SetRGBMode Sets a RGB mode. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SetRefR1C1 Sets the R1C1 reference mode. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SetTemplate Sets the template flag. | 7.2 |
| XL.Book.SheetCount Queries how many sheets are part of the workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SheetIndexForName Queries sheet index for sheet name. | 5.4 |
| XL.Book.Sheets Queries list of sheet names. | 5.4 |
| XL.Book.Version Queries version of XL library. | 7.2 |
| XL.Color.Pack Packs red, green and blue components in color type. | 3.5 |
| XL.Color.UnPack Unpacks color type to red, green and blue components. | 3.5 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.Font Returns the font for this format. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderBottom Returns the bottom border style. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderBottomColor Returns the color of the bottom border. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderLeft Returns the left border style. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderLeftColor Returns the color of the left border. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderRight Returns the right border style. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderRightColor Returns the color of the right border. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderTop Returns the top border style. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderTopColor Returns the color of the top border. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetCustomNumFormat Queries custom format string. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetFillPattern Returns the fill pattern. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetNumFormat Returns the number format identifier. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetPatternBackgroundColor Returns the background color of the fill pattern. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetPatternForegroundColor Returns the foreground color of the fill pattern. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorder Sets the border style. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderBottom Sets the bottom border style. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderBottomColor Sets the color of the bottom border. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderColor Sets the border color. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderLeft Sets the left border style. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderLeftColor Sets the color of the left border. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderRight Sets the right border style. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderRightColor Sets the color of the right border. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderTop Sets the top border style. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderTopColor Sets the color of the top border. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetCustomNumFormat Sets a custom number format. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetFillPattern Sets the fill pattern. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetNumFormat Sets the number format identifier. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetPatternBackgroundColor Sets the background color of the fill pattern. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetPatternForegroundColor Sets the foreground color of the fill pattern. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormating.Add2ColorScaleFormulaRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that creates a gradated 2-color scale on the cells. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormating.Add2ColorScaleRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that creates a gradated 2-color scale on the cells. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormating.Add3ColorScaleFormulaRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that creates a gradated 3-color scale on the cells. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormating.Add3ColorScaleRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that creates a gradated 3-color scale on the cells. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormating.AddAboveAverageRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that highlights cells that are above or below the average for all values in the range. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormating.AddOpNumRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that highlights cells whose values are compared with a calculated result, using an operator. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormating.AddOpStrRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that highlights cells whose values are compared with a calculated result, using an operator. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormating.AddRange Adds a range to these conditional formatting rules. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormating.AddRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that highlights cells whose values correspond to the specified criteria. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormating.AddTimePeriodRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that highlights cells containing dates in the specified time period. | 14.2 |
| XL.ConditionalFormating.AddTopRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that highlights cells whose values fall in the [top N] or [bottom N] bracket. | 14.2 |
| XL.CopyCellValue Copies one cell. | 11.2 |
| XL.CopyColumn Copies cells from one column to another column. | 10.5 |
| XL.CopyContent Copies all content from one book to other book. | 5.1 |
| XL.CopyRow Copies cells from one row to another row. | 6.5 |
| XL.CopySheet Copies a sheet to another book. | 6.5 |
| XL.Date.DoubleToTimeStamp Converts a timestamp number to a timestamp value. | 5.0 |
| XL.Date.Pack Packs date and time information into double type. | 3.5 |
| XL.Date.TimeStampToDouble Converts a date to a numeric value for writing in a number cell. | 5.0 |
| XL.Date.UnPack Unpacks date and time information from double type. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetBold Returns whether the font is bold. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetColor Returns the color of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetItalic Returns whether the font is italic. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetName Returns the name of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetScript Returns the script style of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetSize Returns the size of the font in points. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetStrikeOut Returns whether the font is strikeout. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetUnderline Returns the underline style of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetBold Turns on/off the bold font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetColor Sets the color of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetItalic Turns on/off the italic font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetName Sets the name of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetScript Sets the script style of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetSize Sets the size of the font in points. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetStrikeOut Turns on/off the strikeout font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetUnderline Sets the underline style of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.FormControl.AddItem Adds the item to a list box or drop-down form control. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.AltText Returns alternative text for the object. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.ClearItems Clears all items from a list box or drop-down form control. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.DefaultSize Returns whether the object is at its default size. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.Disabled Returns whether the object is allowed to run an attached macro. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.GetChecked Queries the check state. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.GetDropLines Returns the number of lines in the drop-down before scroll bars are added. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.GetDx Returns the width of the scroll bar in pixels. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.GetFirstButton Returns whether the object is the first button in a set of radio buttons. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.GetFmlaGroup Queries group name. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.GetFmlaLink Returns the cell reference is linked to. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.GetFmlaRange Returns the cell reference with range of source data cells. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.GetFmlaTxbx Queries the source for the control. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.GetFromAnchor Returns the bottom right location of a control within a document. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.GetHoriz Returns whether the scroll bar is horizontal. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.GetInc Queries increment. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.GetMax Queries maximum value. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.GetMin Queries minimum value. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.GetMultiSel Returns the indices of selected items as a comma-delimited list. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.GetSet Queries the index of the selected item. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.GetToAnchor Returns the top left location of a control within a document. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.InsertItem Inserts the item to the specified position to a list box or drop-down form control. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.Item Returns the item by index from a list box or drop-down form control. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.ItemCount Returns the number of items in a list box or drop-down form control. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.JSON Queries form controls as JSON. | 14.0 |
| XL.FormControl.LinkedCell Returns the worksheet range linked to the control's value. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.ListFillRange Returns the range of source data cells used to populate the list box. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.Locked Returns whether the object is locked when the sheet is protected. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.Macro Returns the custom function associated with the object. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.Name Returns the name for this embedded control. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.ObjectType Returns the form control object type. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.Print Returns whether the object is printed when the document is printed. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.SetChecked Sets the check state. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.SetDropLines Sets the number of lines in the drop-down before scroll bars are added. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.SetDx Sets the width of the scroll bar in pixels. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.SetFirstButton Sets whether the object is the first button in a set of radio buttons. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.SetFmlaGroup Sets the cell reference in a group box is linked to. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.SetFmlaLink Sets the cell reference is linked to. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.SetFmlaRange Sets the cell reference with range of source data cells. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.SetFmlaTxbx Sets the source. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.SetHoriz Sets whether the scroll bar is horizontal. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.SetInc Sets increment. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.SetMax Sets the maximum. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.SetMin Sets the minimum. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.SetMultiSel Sets the indices of selected items as a comma-delimited list. | 13.1 |
| XL.FormControl.SetSel Sets the index of the selected item. | 13.1 |
| XL.Format.GetAlignH Returns the horizontal alignment. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetAlignV Returns the vertical alignment. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderBottom Returns the bottom border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderBottomColor Returns the color of the bottom border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderDiagonal Returns the diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderDiagonalColor Returns the color of the diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderDiagonalStyle Gets the style for diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderLeft Returns the left border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderLeftColor Returns the color of the left border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderRight Returns the right border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderRightColor Returns the color of the right border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderTop Returns the top border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderTopColor Returns the color of the top border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetFillPattern Returns the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetFont Returns the font for this format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetHidden Returns whether the hidden property is set to true. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetIndent Returns the text indentation level. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetLocked Returns whether the locked property is set to true. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetNumFormat Returns the number format identifier. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetPatternBackgroundColor Returns the background color of the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetPatternForegroundColor Returns the foreground color of the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetRotation Returns the text rotation. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetShrinkToFit Returns whether the cell is shrink-to-fit. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetWrap Returns whether the cell text is wrapped. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetAlignH Sets the horizontal alignment. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetAlignV Sets the vertical alignment. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorder Sets the border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderBottom Sets the bottom border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderBottomColor Sets the color of the bottom border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderColor Sets the border color. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderDiagonal Sets the diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderDiagonalColor Sets the color of the diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderDiagonalStyle Sets the style for diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderLeft Sets the left border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderLeftColor Sets the color of the left border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderRight Sets the right border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderRightColor Sets the color of the right border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderTop Sets the top border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderTopColor Sets the color of the top border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetFillPattern Sets the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetFont Sets the font for the format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetHidden Sets the hidden property. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetIndent Sets the text indentation level. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetLocked Sets the locked property. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetNumFormat Sets the number format identifier. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetPatternBackgroundColor Sets the background color of the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetPatternForegroundColor Sets the foreground color of the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetRotation Sets the text rotation. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetShrinkToFit Sets the flag whether the cell is shrink-to-fit. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetWrap Sets the flag whether the cell text is wrapped. | 3.5 |
| XL.Initialize Initializes the XL library by loading it. | 2.9 |
| XL.IsInitialized Checks if libXL library has been initialized. | 4.2 |
| XL.List Lists all IDs of current XL books. | 13.0 |
| XL.LoadBook Loads a Excel file. | 2.9 |
| XL.LoadBookPartially Loads a Excel file partially. | 8.0 |
| XL.NewBook Creates a new workbook in memory. | 2.9 |
| XL.Sheet.AddConditionalFormatting Adds a conditional formatting rules to the sheet. | 14.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AddDataValidation Adds a data validation for the specified range. | 10.5 |
| XL.Sheet.AddHyperlink Adds the new hyperlink. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AddIgnoredError Adds the ignored error for specified range. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AddSelectionRange Adds a range to the selection. | 13.1 |
| XL.Sheet.AddrToRowCol Converts a cell reference to row and column. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.ApplyFilter Applies the AutoFilter to the sheet. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AreCellsEmpty Checks whether the cells in the given range are empty. | 13.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter Initializes the AutoFilter. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.AddFilter Adds the filter value. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.AddSort Adds the sorted column in AutoFilter by zero-based index and its sort order. | 11.5 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.Clear Clear the filter criteria. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.ColumnSize Returns the number of specified AutoFilter columns which have a filter information. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.Filter Returns the filter value by index. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.FilterSize Returns the number of filter values. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.FilterType Returns the filter type of this AutoFilter column. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetCustomFilter Gets the custom filter criteria. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetRef Gets the cell range of AutoFilter with header. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetSort Gets the zero-based index of sorted column in AutoFilter and its sort order. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetSortRange Gets the whole range of data to sort. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetTop10 Gets the number of top or bottom items. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetCustomFilter Sets the custom filter criteria. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetRef Sets the cell range of AutoFilter with header. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetSort Sets the sorted column in AutoFilter by zero-based index and its sort order. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetTop10 Sets the number of top or bottom items. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.CellIsDate Checks that cell contains a date or time value. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellIsFormula Checks that cell contains a formula. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellIsStyledText Queries whether cell has styled text. | 10.2 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadBlank Checks if cell is blank. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadBoolean Reads a boolean value from a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadBooleans Reads all the boolean values in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadComment Reads a comment value from a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadComments Reads all the comments from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadDate Reads a number value from a cell. | 5.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadDates Reads all the dates from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadFormula Reads the formula value from a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadFormulas Reads all the formulas from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadNumber Reads a number value from a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadNumbers Reads all the numbers from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadStyledText Reads a styled text value from a cell. | 10.2 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadText Reads a text value from a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadTexts Reads all the texts from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadValue Reads a value value from a cell. | 10.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadValues Reads all the values from cells in an area. | 11.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellType Queries type of cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteBlank Writes a blank cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteBlanks Writes blanks to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteBoolean Writes a boolean value into cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteBooleans Writes booleans to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteComment Writes a comment to a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteComments Writes comments to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteDate Writes a number into cell. | 5.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteDates Writes dates to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteError Writes error into the cell with specified format. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormula Writes a formula into cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulaBoolean Writes a formula and value in a cell. | 6.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulaNumber Writes a formula and value in a cell. | 6.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulaText Writes a formula and value in a cell. | 6.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulas Writes formulas to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteMatrix Writes cell values from matrix. | 13.3 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteNumber Writes a number into cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteNumbers Writes numbers to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteStyledText Writes a styled text into a cell. | 10.2 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteText Writes a string into cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteTextAsNumber Writes a number into cell, but passes it as text. | 10.3 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteTexts Writes texts to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.Clear Clears cells in specified area. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.ClearPrintArea Clears the print area. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.ClearPrintRepeats Clears repeated rows and columns on each page. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CopyCell Copies cell with format from (rowSrc, colSrc) to (rowDst, colDst). | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.DefaultRowHeight Returns the default row height measured in point size. | 13.1 |
| XL.Sheet.DelHyperlink Removes hyperlink by index. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.DelMergeByIndex Removes merged cells by index. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.DeleteMerge Removes merged cells. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.DeleteNamedRange Deletes the named range by name. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.FormControlCount Queries number of form controls. | 13.1 |
| XL.Sheet.GetActiveCell Gets an active cell of the sheet. | 13.1 |
| XL.Sheet.GetCellError Reads error from cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetCellErrors Reads all the errors from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.GetCellFormat Returns cell's format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetCellFormats Reads all the formats from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.GetCellPicture Queries picture for a cell. | 11.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetColHidden Returns whether column is hidden. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetColWidth Returns column width in points. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetColWidthPixel Returns column width in pixel. | 10.2 |
| XL.Sheet.GetDisplayGridlines Returns whether the gridlines are displayed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetFirstCol Returns the first column in the sheet that contains a used cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetFirstFilledCol Returns the first column in the sheet that contains a filled cell. | 10.3 |
| XL.Sheet.GetFirstFilledRow Returns the first row in the sheet that contains a filled cell. | 10.3 |
| XL.Sheet.GetFirstRow Returns the first row in the sheet that contains a used cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetFooter Returns the footer text of the sheet when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetFooterMargin Returns the footer margin in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetGroupSummaryBelow Returns whether grouping rows summary is below. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetGroupSummaryRight Returns whether grouping columns summary is right. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHCenter Returns whether the sheet is centered horizontally when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHeader Returns the header text of the sheet when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHeaderMargin Returns the header margin in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHidden Returns whether sheet is hidden. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHorPageBreak Returns row with horizontal page break at position index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHorPageBreakCount Returns a number of horizontal page breaks in the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetLandscape Returns a page orientation mode. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetLastCol Returns the zero-based index of the column after the last column in the sheet that contains a used cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetLastFilledCol Returns the zero-based index of the column after the last column in the sheet that contains a filled cell. | 10.3 |
| XL.Sheet.GetLastFilledRow Returns the zero-based index of the row after the last row in the sheet that contains a filled cell. | 10.3 |
| XL.Sheet.GetLastRow Returns the zero-based index of the row after the last row in the sheet that contains a used cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetMarginBottom Returns the bottom margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetMarginLeft Returns the left margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetMarginRight Returns the right margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetMarginTop Returns the top margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetMerge Gets merged cells for cell at row, col. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetName Returns the name of the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetNamedRange Gets the named range coordianates by name. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPaper Returns the paper size. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPicture Returns a workbook picture index at position index in worksheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintArea Gets the print area. | 5.1 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintFit Returns whether fit to page option is enabled. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintGridlines Returns whether the gridlines are printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintRepeatCols Gets repeated columns on each page from colFirst to colLast. | 5.1 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintRepeatRows Gets repeated rows on each page from rowFirst to rowLast. | 5.1 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintRow Returns whether the row and column headers are printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintZoom Returns the scaling factor for printing as a percentage. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetProtect Returns whether sheet is protected. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetRowHeight Returns row height in points. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetRowHeightPixel Returns row height in pixels. | 10.2 |
| XL.Sheet.GetRowHidden Returns whether row is hidden. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetTabColor Queries the sheet's tab color. | 13.1 |
| XL.Sheet.GetTabColorRGB Queries the sheet's tab RGB color. | 13.1 |
| XL.Sheet.GetText Queries the text of a sheet in a workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetTopLeftView Extracts the first visible row and the leftmost visible column of the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetVCenter Returns whether the sheet is centered vertically when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetVerPageBreak Returns column with vertical page break at position index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetVerPageBreakCount Returns a number of vertical page breaks in the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetZoom Returns the zoom level of the current view as a percentage. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GroupCols Groups columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GroupRows Groups rows from rowFirst to rowLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.Hyperlink Gets the hyperlink and its coordianates by index. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.HyperlinkIndex Checks if the cell contains a hyperlink. | 13.2 |
| XL.Sheet.HyperlinkSize Returns the number of hyperlinks in the sheet. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.InsertCol Inserts columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.InsertRow Inserts rows from rowFirst to rowLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.IsAutoFilter Whether this sheet has an auto filter. | 11.5 |
| XL.Sheet.Merge Gets the merged cells by index. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.MergeSize Returns a number of merged cells in this worksheet. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.NamedRange Gets the named range coordinates by index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.NamedRangeCount Returns the number of named ranges in the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.PictureCount Returns a number of pictures in this worksheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.ReadCellsAsMatrix Reads all the values from cells in an area into a new matrix. | 13.0 |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveCol Removes columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveComment Removes a comment from a cell. | 6.5 |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveComments Removes comments in given area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveDataValidations Removes all data validations for the sheet. | 10.5 |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveFilter Removes the AutoFilter from the sheet. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.RemovePicture Removes a picture from a cell. | 10.2 |
| XL.Sheet.RemovePictureByIndex Removes a picture by index. | 10.2 |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveRow Removes rows from rowFirst to rowLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveSelection Removes all selection. | 13.1 |
| XL.Sheet.RightToLeft Returns whether the text is displayed in right-to-left mode. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.RowColToAddr Converts row and column to a cell reference. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SelectionRange Returns a range of the selection. | 13.1 |
| XL.Sheet.SetActiveCell Sets an active cell of the sheet. | 13.1 |
| XL.Sheet.SetAutoFitArea Sets the borders for autofit column widths feature. | 5.1 |
| XL.Sheet.SetCellFormat Sets cell's format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetCellFormats Set cell formats in given area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.SetCol Sets column width and format for all columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetColHidden Hides or shows a column. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetColPx Sets column width in pixels and format for all columns from colFirst to colLast. | 13.3 |
| XL.Sheet.SetColumn Sets column width and format for all columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetDefaultRowHeight Sets the default row height measured in point size. | 13.1 |
| XL.Sheet.SetDisplayGridlines Sets gridlines for displaying. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetFooter Sets the footer text for the sheet when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetGroupSummaryBelow Sets a flag of grouping rows summary. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetGroupSummaryRight Sets a flag of grouping rows summary. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetHCenter Sets a flag that the sheet is centered horizontally when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetHeader Sets the header text of the sheet when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetHidden Hides/unhides the sheet. Returns false if error occurs. | 13.4 |
| XL.Sheet.SetHorPageBreak Sets/removes a horizontal page break. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetLandscape Sets landscape or portrait mode for printing. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetMarginBottom Sets the bottom margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetMarginLeft Sets the left margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetMarginRight Sets the right margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetMarginTop Sets the top margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetMerge Sets merged cells for range: rowFirst - rowLast, colFirst - colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetName Sets the name of the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetNamedRange Sets the named range. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPaper Sets the paper size. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPictureWithScale Sets a picture with pictureId identifier at position row and col with scale factor and offsets in pixels. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPictureWithSize Sets a picture with pictureId identifier at position row and col with custom size and offsets in pixels. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintArea Sets the print area. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintFit Fits sheet width and sheet height to wPages and hPages respectively. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintGridliens Sets gridlines for printing. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintRepeatCols Sets repeated columns on each page from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintRepeatRows Sets repeated rows on each page from rowFirst to rowLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintRow Sets a flag that the row and column headers are printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintZoom Sets the scaling factor for printing as a percentage. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetProtect Protects/unprotects the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetProtectEx Protects/unprotects the sheet with password and enhanced parameters below. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.SetRightToLeft Sets the right-to-left mode. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.SetRow Sets row height and format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetRowHidden Hides or shows a row. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetRowPx Sets column width in pixels and format for all columns from colFirst to colLast. | 13.3 |
| XL.Sheet.SetRows Sets row height and format for multiple rows. | 11.2 |
| XL.Sheet.SetTabColor Sets the color for the sheet's tab. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.SetTabColorRGB Sets the RGB color for the sheet's tab. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.SetTopLeftView Sets the first visible row and the leftmost visible column of the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetVCenter ets a flag that the sheet is centered vertically when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetVerPageBreak Sets/removes a vertical page break. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetZoom Sets the zoom level of the current view. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.Split Splits a sheet at position (row, col). | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SplitInfo Gets the split information (position of frozen pane) in the sheet. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.Table Gets the table parameters by index. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.TableSize Returns the number of tables in the sheet. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.Type Returns type of sheet with specified index. | 7.2 |
| XL.Uninitialize Uninitializes XL library. | 10.1 |
| XML.ApplyStylesheet Apply the stylesheet to the document (XSLT transform). | 8.4 |
| XML.ApplyStylesheet2 Apply the stylesheet to the document (XSLT transform). | 11.5 |
| XML.Canonical Creates canonical xml. | 6.2 |
| XML.ClearVariables Clears the variables. | 7.0 |
| XML.Colorize Formats a XML string with color. | 8.2 |
| XML.Compact Compacts XML document. | 10.2 |
| XML.DeletePath Delete a xml node. | 7.4 |
| XML.ExtractText Extracts the text from the XML tree. | 7.0 |
| XML.Format Formats XML document. | 6.2 |
| XML.GetAttribute Queries text of an attribute. | 7.0 |
| XML.GetPathValue Queries value in XML. | 7.4 |
| XML.GetSaveNoEmptyTags Queries whether to include close tags for empty nodes. | 12.4 |
| XML.HasAttribute Queries whether an attribute exists. | 7.0 |
| XML.Import Imports XML and creates tables, fields and records. | 5.3 |
| XML.Import.Cancel Cancels current import. | 5.3 |
| XML.Import.ErrorCount Queries error counter. | 9.3 |
| XML.Import.Errors Queries list of error messages. | 9.3 |
| XML.Import.GetExtraFieldDefinitions Queries the extra field definitions. | 13.5 |
| XML.Import.SetBaseFields Sets the names of the base fields per record. | 7.1 |
| XML.Import.SetExtraField Sets the extra field to add to all tables. | 7.1 |
| XML.Import.SetExtraFieldDefinitions Sets the extra field definitions. | 13.5 |
| XML.Import.Status Queries status of xml import. | 5.3 |
| XML.Import.Todo Queries how many items are to be done for XML import. | 5.3 |
| XML.Import.Total Queries total items to be imported. | 5.3 |
| XML.Import.Work Performs import. | 5.4 |
| XML.InsertRecords Imports records from XML file. | 13.4 |
| XML.ItemRefs Queries entries from XML nodes. | 11.5 |
| XML.List Lists all IDs of current XML objects. | 12.5 |
| XML.ListAttributes Lists attribute names. | 7.0 |
| XML.NodeCount Counts nodes with given name. | 7.0 |
| XML.NodeNames Queries list of node names in an XML. | 7.0 |
| XML.Parse Parses a XML document. | 7.3 |
| XML.Query Performs an XPath query. | 3.0 |
| XML.ReadContainer Reads container content as XML. | 7.4 |
| XML.ReadFile Reads a file as XML. | 7.4 |
| XML.Release Releases an XML object. | 7.3 |
| XML.ReleaseAll Releases all XML objects. | 7.3 |
| XML.SetPathCData Sets path value with CData. | 11.1 |
| XML.SetPathValue Sets a xml node. | 7.4 |
| XML.SetPathXML Sets path value with XML sub tree. | 8.1 |
| XML.SetSaveNoEmptyTags Sets whether to include close tags for empty nodes. | 12.4 |
| XML.SetVariables Creates local variables in script for XML nodes. | 7.0 |
| XML.SubTree Extracts a given subtree. | 7.0 |
| XML.Tidy New in 14.4 Performs tidy on XML. | 14.4 |
| XML.ToHTML Converts XML to HTML. | 14.0 |
| XML.ToJSON Converts XML to JSON. | 8.2 |
| XML.Validate Validates XML against schema. | 8.1 |
| XML.ValidateFile Validates XML against schema. | 8.2 |
| ZipFile.CRCFile Calculates CRC of a file. | 4.3 |
| ZipFile.Close Closes the zip archive. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.SetCompressionLevel Sets the compression level. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.UsePassword Sets the password to use for compressing. | 5.1 |
| ZipFile.WriteContainer Writes a file to the zip archive with content from a container. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.WriteFile Reads a file and writes it to the zip archive. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.WriteHex Writes data into the zip archive. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.WriteText Writes a text into the zip archive. | 3.4 |
| iOSApp.AddSwipeGestureRecognizer Add swipe gesture recognizers. | 13.1 |
| iOSApp.ClearLastURL Clears last URL. | 11.1 |
| iOSApp.ClearSwipeGestureRecognizer Clears current swipe gesture recognizer. | 13.1 |
| iOSApp.GetDidBecomeActiveEvaluate Queries the expression to be evaluated when app becomes active. | 8.2 |
| iOSApp.GetDidBecomeActiveScript Queries the script name for the did become active script trigger. | 13.0 |
| iOSApp.GetDidEnterBackgroundEvaluate Queries the expression to be evaluated when app goes to background. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.GetDidEnterBackgroundScript Queries the script name for the did enter background script trigger. | 13.0 |
| iOSApp.GetDidOpenURLEvaluate Queries the expression. | 11.1 |
| iOSApp.GetDidReceiveMemoryWarningEvaluate Queries the expression to be evaluated when app gets a memory warning. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.GetDidReceiveMemoryWarningScript Queries the script name for the did receive memory warning script trigger. | 13.0 |
| iOSApp.GetIdleTimerDisabled Queries whether the idle timer is disabled for the app. | 10.1 |
| iOSApp.GetOrientationDidChangeEvaluate Queries the expression to be evaluated when device rotated. | 13.4 |
| iOSApp.GetOrientationDidChangeScript Queries the script name for the did rotate the device. | 13.4 |
| iOSApp.GetSignificantTimeChangeEvaluate Queries the expression to be evaluated when time changes. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.GetSignificantTimeChangeScript Queries the script name for the significant time change script trigger. | 13.0 |
| iOSApp.GetWillEnterForegroundEvaluate Queries the expression to be evaluated when app goes to background. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.GetWillEnterForegroundScript Queries the script name for the will enter foreground script trigger. | 13.0 |
| iOSApp.GetWillResignActiveEvaluate Queries the expression to be evaluated when the app is no longer active and loses focus. | 8.2 |
| iOSApp.GetWillResignActiveScript Queries the script name for the will resign active script trigger. | 13.0 |
| iOSApp.InstallOpenURLHandler Install OpenURL handler. | 11.1 |
| iOSApp.IsOpenURLHandlerInstalled Returns whether OpenURL handler was installed. | 11.1 |
| iOSApp.LastURL Queries last URL we received. | 11.1 |
| iOSApp.ReadReceipt Reads and parses App Store receipt. | 10.4 |
| iOSApp.SetDidBecomeActiveEvaluate Sets the expression to be evaluated when app becomes active. | 8.2 |
| iOSApp.SetDidBecomeActiveScript Sets the script to be run when app becomes active. | 8.2 |
| iOSApp.SetDidEnterBackgroundEvaluate Sets the expression to be evaluated when app goes to background. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.SetDidEnterBackgroundScript Queries the script to be run when app goes to background. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.SetDidOpenURLEvaluate Sets the expression to be evaluated when the app received an URL request. | 11.1 |
| iOSApp.SetDidOpenURLScript Sets the script to be run when the app received an URL request. | 11.1 |
| iOSApp.SetDidReceiveMemoryWarningEvaluate Sets the expression to be evaluated when app gets a memory warning. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.SetDidReceiveMemoryWarningScript Sets the script to be run when app gets a memory warning. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.SetIdleTimerDisabled Sets whether the idle timer is disabled for the app. | 10.1 |
| iOSApp.SetOrientationDidChangeEvaluate Sets the expression to be evaluated when device is rotated. | 13.4 |
| iOSApp.SetOrientationDidChangeScript Queries the script to be run when device is rotated. | 13.4 |
| iOSApp.SetSignificantTimeChangeEvaluate Sets the expression to be evaluated when time changes. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.SetSignificantTimeChangeScript Sets the script to be run when time changes. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.SetWillEnterForegroundEvaluate Sets the expression to be evaluated when comes back to foreground. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.SetWillEnterForegroundScript Sets the script to be run when comes back to foreground. | 7.4 |
| iOSApp.SetWillResignActiveEvaluate Sets the expression to be evaluated when the app is no longer active and loses focus. | 8.2 |
| iOSApp.SetWillResignActiveScript Sets the script to be run when the app is no longer active and loses focus. | 8.2 |
| iOSDevice.BatteryLevel The battery charge level for the device. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.BatteryState The battery state for the device. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.IdentifierForVendor An alphanumeric string that uniquely identifies a device to the app’s vendor. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.IsBatteryMonitoringEnabled Checks whether battery monitoring is enabled. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.LocalizedModel The model of the device as a localized string. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.Model The model of the device. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.Name The name identifying the device. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.Orientation Returns the physical orientation of the device. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.OrientationIsLandscape Checks whether orientation is landscape. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.OrientationIsPortrait Checks whether orientation is portrait. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.SetBatteryMonitoringEnabled Changes battery monitoring state. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.SystemName The name of the operating system running on the device represented by the receiver. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.SystemVersion The current version of the operating system. | 7.2 |
| iOSDevice.UserInterfaceIdiom The style of interface to use on the current device. | 7.2 |
| iOSKeyboard.GetDidHideEvaluate Queries expression to run when keyboard did hide. | 7.4 |
| iOSKeyboard.GetDidShowEvaluate Queries expression to run when keyboard did show. | 7.4 |
| iOSKeyboard.GetWillHideEvaluate Queries expression to run when keyboard will hide. | 7.4 |
| iOSKeyboard.GetWillShowEvaluate Queries expression to run when keyboard will show. | 7.4 |
| iOSKeyboard.SetDidHideEvaluate Sets expression to run when keyboard did hide. | 7.4 |
| iOSKeyboard.SetDidShowEvaluate Sets expression to run when keyboard did show. | 7.4 |
| iOSKeyboard.SetWillHideEvaluate Sets expression to run when keyboard will hide. | 7.4 |
| iOSKeyboard.SetWillShowEvaluate Sets expression to run when keyboard will show. | 7.4 |
| iOSKeyboard.State Queries keyboard state. | 7.4 |
5015 functions shown.
These functions require a license (64%).
